Download PDF (3.2MB) - Updated 1/2015

Molded Case Circuit Breakers­­
600/347V Circuit Breakers
240V Circuit Breakers
BQ Breakers
Selection and ordering data
240V
BQ BQH HBQ
10KAIC
22KAIC
65KAIC
QJ Breakers
CQD Breakers
Selection and ordering data
Selection and ordering data
240V
480/277V
600/347V
QJ2 QJH-2 QJ2-H
HQJ2 10KAIC
22KAIC
42KAIC
65KAIC
CQD 14KAIC
—
10KAIC
CQD-6 —
1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for
circuit protection up to 240 volt
circuits (UL)
2- & 3-pole up to 225A for circuit
protection up to 240 voltcircuits (UL)
Information General Data Accessories Information General Data Accessories Page
17/9–17/10
17/105–17/112
600/347V Circuit Breakers
Page
17/11
17/105–17/112
1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 100A for circuit
protection up to 600/347V (CSA) &
480/277V (UL) circuits
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Page
17/12
17/14
17/105–17/112
600V Circuit Breakers
GG Breakers
DG VL Breakers
Selection and ordering data
Selection and ordering data
Selection and ordering data
480V
480V
480V
NGG HGG
LGG
25KAIC 14KAIC
35KAIC 14KAIC
65KAIC 14KAIC
NDG
HDG LDG 35KAIC 18KAIC
65KAIC 18KAIC
100KAIC 18KAIC
NFG HFG
LFG 35KAIC 18KAIC
65KAIC 20KAIC
100KAIC 25KAIC
600/347V
FG VL Breakers
600Y/347V
600V
1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for
circuit protection up to 600/347
volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)
2- & 3-pole up to 150A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)
2- & 3-pole up to 150A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Information Breakers & Trip Units Internal Accessories External Accessories
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Page
17/13
17/14
17/105–17/112
Page
17/17–17/19
17/23
17/43–17/57
Page
17/20-17/22
17/23
17/43–17/57
17/1
Molded Case Circuit Breakers­­
600V Circuit Breakers
JG VL Breakers
LG VL Breakers
Selection and ordering data
Selection and ordering data
Selection and ordering data
480V
480V
480V
NJG HJG LJG 35KAIC 25KAIC
65KAIC 25KAIC
100KAIC 25KAIC
NLG HLG LLG 35KAIC 18KAIC 65KAIC 18KAIC
100KAIC 18KAIC
NMG HMG LMG 35KAIC 25KAIC
65KAIC 35KAIC
100KAIC 50KAIC
600V
MG VL Breakers
600V
600V
2- & 3-pole up to 400A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)
2- & 3-pole up to 600A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)
2- & 3-pole up to 800A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Page
17/24-17/26
17/30
17/43-17/57
Page
17/27-17/29
17/30
17/43-17/57
Page
17/31-17/33
17/39
17/43-17/57
600V Circuit Breakers
VL Circuit Breakers:
NG VL Breakers
PG VL Breakers
Selection and ordering data
Selection and ordering data
480V
480V
NNG HNG LNG 35KAIC 25KAIC
65KAIC 35KAIC
100KAIC 65KAIC
NPG HPG LPG 35KAIC 25KAIC
65KAIC 35KAIC
100KAIC 65KAIC
600V
600V
2- & 3-pole up to 1200A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)
2- & 3-pole up to 1600A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
17/2
Page
17/34-17/36
17/39
17/43-17/57
Additional Information
Contents
Page
Table of Contents
17/1–17/4
Catalog Numbering System 17/5-17/8
Trip Unit Overview 17/15-17/16
Molded Case Switch 17/40
Molded Case Protector 17/41
600 Volt DC Circuit Breakers 17/42
Accessory Locations 17/58
Suffix for Internal Accessories 17/59
Technical Data 17/60-17/61
Unusual Operating Conditions 17/62
Breaker Modifications 17/104
400 Hz Systems 17/115
Page
17/37-17/38
17/39
17/43-17/57
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Molded Case Circuit Breakers­­
600V Circuit Breakers
Sentron ED Breakers
Sentron HED/CED Breakers
Sentron FD Breakers
Selection and ordering data
Selection and ordering data
Selection and ordering data
600V
480V
480V
—
—
18KAIC
HED4
CED6 42KAIC
200KAIC 100KAIC
-
FD6 HFD6 HHFD6 CFD6 35KAIC 22KAIC
65KAIC 25KAIC
100KAIC 25KAIC
200KAIC 100KAIC
240V 480V ED2 ED4 ED6
10KAIC—
65KAIC 18KAIC 65KAIC 25KAIC
600/V
600V
1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for
circuit protection up to 600
volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)
1-, 2- & 3-pole up to 125A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)
2- & 3-pole up to 250A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA/IEC)
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Page
17/63
17/65
17/105-17/112
Page
17/64
17/65
17/105-17/112
Page
17/66-17/67
17/68
17/105-17/112
600V Circuit Breakers
Sentron JD Breakers
Sentron LD Breakers
Selection and ordering data
Selection and ordering data
240V
480V
600V
480V
Sentron LMD Breakers
Selection and ordering data
600V
480V
600/V
LMD6 50KAIC 25KAIC
HLMD6 65KAIC 50KAIC
JD2 65KAIC —
—
JD6, SJD6-A 65KAIC 35KAIC 25KAIC
HHJD6 200KAIC 100KAIC 50KAIC
CJD6,SCJD6-A 200KAIC 150KAIC 100KAIC
HJD6, SHJD6-A 100KAIC65KAIC 35KAIC
LD6, SLD6-A HLD6, SHLD6-A HHLD6 CLD6, SCLD6-A 2- & 3-pole up to 400A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA)
2- & 3-pole up to 600A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA)
2- & 3-pole up to 800A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA)
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Page
17/69-17/71
17/72
17/105-17/112
35KAIC 25KAIC
65KAIC 25KAIC
100KAIC 50KAIC
150KAIC 100KAIC
Page
17/73-17/75
17/76
17/105-17/112
Page
17/77-17/78
17/79
17/105-17/112
17/3
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
600V Circuit Breakers
Sentron MD Breakers
Sentron ND Breakers
Sentron PD Breakers
Selection and ordering data
Selection and ordering data
Selection and ordering data
480V
600V
480V
600V
480V
600V
MD, SMD6
HMD, SHMD6 CMD, SCMD6 50KAIC 65KAIC 100KAIC 25KAIC
50KAIC
65KAIC
ND, SND6 HND, SHND6 CND, SCND6 50KAIC 65KAIC 100KAIC 25KAIC
50KAIC
65KAIC
PD, SPD6 HPD, SHPD6 CPD 50KAIC 65KAIC 100KAIC 25KAIC
50KAIC
65KAIC
2- & 3-pole up to 800A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA)
2- & 3-pole up to 1600A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA)
2- & 3-pole up to 1600A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt
circuits (UL/CSA)
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
Page
17/80-17/82
17/86
17/105-17/112
Page
17/83-17/85
17/86
17/105-17/112
Page
17/87-17/88
17/90
17/105-17/112
600V Circuit Breakers
Sentron Circuit Breakers:
Additional Information
Sentron RD Breakers
Selection and ordering data
480V
600V
RD HRD 50KAIC 65KAIC 25KAIC
50KAIC
2- & 3-pole up to 2000A for
circuit protection up to 600 volt circuits (UL/CSA)
Information General Data Internal Accessories External Accessories
17/4
Contents
Table of Contents
Catalog Numbering System
ETI Motor Circuit Protector
Adjustable Magnetic
Trip Setting
Molded Case Switch Internal Accessories–Combinations
Sensitrip III Electronic
Trip Breakers Electronic & Communication
Accessories
Lug Information Unusual Operating Conditions Breaker Modifications 400 Hz Systems Page
17/1–17/4
17/5–17/8
17/91–17/93
17/94–17/96
17/97
17/98–17/99
17/100
17/101–17/103
17/114
17/115
17/116
Page
17/89
17/90
17/105-17/112
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Introduction
Ordering
In the FD through RD frames, you may
order molded case circuit breakers three
basic ways:
b As separately ordered frames, trip
units and lugs
b As frame, trip unit and lugs ordered as
one catalog number and shipped
unassembled or assembled
b As Frame and Trip Unit shipped
assembled and with the trip unit made
non-removable, in compliance with UL
489 requirements that to be reverse
fed the circuit breaker must not have
an interchangeable trip unit.
These two options are described in the
following:
Components Ordered Separately
To get the components for a 3-pole, 400
Amp standard interrupting circuit breaker,
you would order the frame (JD63F400),
the trip unit (JD63T400) and six lugs
(TA2J6500). This option is normally
useful only if you stock and use large
volumes of product and wish to reduce
your inventory cost. You may stock, for
example, a smaller number of frames
(JD63F400) and a variety of trip units
(JD63T300, JD63T350, etc.) and
assemble breakers as you need them.
Frame, Trip Unit and Lugs
Ordered Together
If you order the catalog number
JD63B400, you will receive a frame, a
trip unit and 6 lugs in separate packages.
By suffixing this number with “L” (e.g.
JD63B400L), you will receive frame, trip
unit and lugs assembled in one container.
Pursuant to UL 489, a product ordered
thus will have the markings “LINE” and
“LOAD”, and may not be “reverse fed”
(with power flowing from the “OFF” end
of the breaker toward the “ON” end).
Non-Interchangeable Trip Breakers
If you place an “X” after the frame size
designator (e.g. JXD63B400), you will
receive a frame and trip unit assembled,
with the trip unit made non-removable.
If you suffix an “L” to this catalog
number (e.g. JXD63B400L), you will
receive the breaker, non-removable trip
unit and lugs assembled. Unless you
anticipate a specific need to change the
breaker’s ampere rating in the future,
this is the preferred ordering method, as
the products are assembled to Siemens’
specifications in our factories. These
breakers are suitable for use reverse fed
according to UL 489, since the trip unit is
not removable.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
The smaller frames (QJ, ED and below)
do not have removable trip units, and
consequently are shipped only as
assembled products. To add lugs,
see the ordering instructions on
each product’s­catalog page.
500V DC Wiring Configuration
Connecting Breakers for DC
Application
Most Siemens thermal magnetic trip
MCCBs are applicable on direct current
(dc) systems. Generally, for 250 V dc
systems a two pole breaker is used,
with one pole on each leg of the supply
circuit. For three pole breakers applied on
500 V undergrounded DC systems, it is
important to connect the power supply
“zig-zag” through the breaker as shown
in the figure below. This assures that the
Voltage between phases on the breaker
terminals is uniformly distributed.
17/5
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Catalog Numbering System
Selection/Application
Interrupting Class
N—Normal
H—High
L —Very High
C—Trip Unit Only
Frame Family
D — Type DG
F — Type FG
J — Type JG
Breaker Type
L — Type LG
M — Type MG
N — Type NG
E — Global DG Frame Only
600 Y/347 V
G — Global interchangeable (UL,
IEC, CE, CSA, NOM, CCC)
J — 240V rated JG frame,
Non-interchangeable only
K — Global, Non-interchangeable
(DG, LG-frame)
M — Motor Circuit Protector
P — Motor Circuit Protector
(DG Only)
P — Type PG
R­­— Molded Case Switch
(DG, LG-frame)
S — Molded Case Switch
T — Trip Unit Only
V — Thermal Magnetic, standard 40°C
ambient, 600VAC 25kA, UL/CSA
(LG frame)
W — 100% rated, Non-interchangeable
(DG, LG-frame)
X — Global Non-interchangeable
Y — 100% rated, Non-interchangeable
Number of Poles
2, 3
Trip Unit
F — Frame only, without trip unit
B — Thermal Magnetic, standard 40° C ambient
L — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Low
instantaneous range
J — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Low
instantaneous range (LG-frame)
M — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Standard
instantaneous range
Y — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - Standard
instantaneous range (LG-frame)
H — Magnetic Only, Motor Circuit Protector - High
instantaneous range
S — Molded Case Switch
A — Electronic w/ LCD, LSI or 3P (neutral protected)
G — Electronic w/ LCD, LSIG, 3P/4W (selectable residual or
return type ground fault protection)
K — Electronic with LCD, LSI and GF alarm only, 3P/4W
(selectable residual or return type ground fault alarm)
R — Electronic LI or 3P (neutral protected)
T — Electronic LSI or 3P (neutral protected)
V — Electronic, LSIG or 3P/4W, residual ground fault protection
W — Electronic, LIG or 3P/4W, residual ground fault protection
Continuous Current Rating
For DG use 050, 060, 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, 150
For FG use 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250
For JG use 250, 300, 350, 400
For LG use 400, 500, 600
For MG use 600, 700, 800
For NG use 800, 900, 100 (1000A), 120 (1200A)
For PG use 120 (1200A), 140 (1400A), 160 (1600A)
Terminations
B—Load End Standard (cu/al) Lugs
L —Line & Load Standard (cu/al) Lugs
X—No Lugs (use only if accessory suffixes are to follow)
Accessories
Auxiliary and Alarm Switch Combinations
Suffix Description
A1 — 1 Alarm (includes 1NO & 1NC switch with a 2 Aux./1 Alarm Base, for frames DG to LG)
Note: A1 and A3 include 1NO and 1NC switch for
A2 — 2 Aux (1NO & 1NC switch with a 3 Aux. Base, for frames DG to LG)
alarm purposes, only one of these switches may
A3 — 2 Aux + 1 Alarm (2NO & 2NC switches with a 2 Aux./1 Alarm Base, for frames DG to LG)
be used as there is only one space for an alarm.
A3 — 2 Aux + 2 Alarm (2NO & 2NC switches with a 2 Aux./2 Alarm Base, for frames MG to PG)
A4 — 4 Aux (2NO & 2NC switches with a 4 Aux. Base, for frames MG to PG)
Shunt Trips
RB — 24 VDC
RM— 48-60 VAC
RC — 48-60 VDC
RN — 110-127 VAC
RD— 110-127 VDC
RS —208-277 VAC
LCD = Liquid Crystal Display
RE — 250 VDC
RV —380-600 VAC
LI = Long Delay & Instantaneous trip functions
LSI = Long Delay, Short Delay, & Instantaneous trip functions
Under Voltage Releases
LSIG = Long Delay, Short Delay, Instantaneous, & Ground Fault trip functions
UA— 12 VDC
UN— 110-127 VAC
GF = Ground Fault
UB— 24 VDC
UP — 208 VAC
3P = 3-pole
UC— 48 VDC
UR — 220-250 VAC
4W = 4-wire
UD— 110-127 VDC
US — 277 VAC
UE— 220-250 VDC
UT — 380-415 VAC
UG— 60 VDC
UU— 440-480 VAC
UK— 24 VAC
Select
Frames
17/6
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Circuit Breakers
Catalog Numbering System
Selection
If ordering factory-installed accessories or special modifications, you must order a 15-digit catalog number. See the examples
below for a detailed explanation. The 15 digit number is achieved by placing X’s in positions not being occupied by an
accessory/modification. Contact Siemens for circuit breakers configured with accessories.
Auxiliary Switch Example:
HFG3B200L A2 XXXX
Standard 9-digit
Aux. Switch Completes Cat #
Shunt Trip / UVR Example:
HFG3B200L XX UN XX
Standard 9-digit
UVR
Completes Cat #
Shunt Trip / Auxiliary Switch Example:
HFG3B200L A2 RN XX
Standard 9-digit
Aux. Switch
Shunt Completes
Trip
Cat #
Non-Interchangeable Trip Breakers Example:
HFX3B200L
Standard 9-digit
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
17/7
General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Catalog Numbering System
Selection/Application
If used on 250A frame and above means
non-interchangeable trip breaker with
factory assembled frame and trip. Solid
state trip and current limiting (S or C in
first character) are non-interchangeable
only, and the “X” is omitted.
X D
Trip Unit Type
— Omitted – Thermal-Magnetic
S — Sensitrip® Electronic Trip
Sentron Series Type/Interrupting Range
— Omitted – Standard Rating
H — High IC Rating
HH— Extra High IC Rating
C — Highest IC Rating and Current Limiting
Frame Identifier
E — Type ED
F — Type FD
J — Type JD
L — Type LD
LM — Type LMD
M —
N —
P —
R —
Type
Type
Type
Type
MD
ND
PD
RD
Maximum Voltage
2 — 240 Vac
4 — 480 Vac
6 — 600 Vac
Number of Poles
1
2
3
9 used to indicate the max. functions for an electronic trip circuit breaker (always 3 poles)
(Specific Application Type)
B — Standard 40°C Breaker
M— Calibrated for 50°C Application
F — Frame Only
T — 40°C Trip Unit Only
W— 50°C Trip Unit Only
S — Molded Case Switch
L — Low Instantaneous Range ETI Breaker
A — Standard Range ETI Breaker
H — High Instantaneous Range ETI Breaker
Maximum Continuous Current Rating
ED Frame — 015, 020, 025, 030, 035, 040, 045, 050, 060, 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125
FD Frame — 070, 080, 090, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250
JD Frame — 200, 225, 250, 300, 350, 400
LD Frame — 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600
LMD Frame— 500, 600, 700, 800
MD Frame — 500, 600, 700, 800
ND Frame — 900, 100 (1000A), 120 (1200A)
PD Frame — 120 (1200A), 140 (1400A), 160 (1600A)
RD Frame — 160 (1600A), 180 (1800A), 200 (2000A)
Suffix
L — where applicable indicates a breaker shipped with line/loads lugs installed
A— used with a switch to show automatic self protection
Y— 400 Hertz
H— 100% rated
P — Load side lugs only
NOTE:
— Position omitted if not used.
17/8
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Lug-In/Lug-Out with INSTA-WIRE
Selection
All BQ/BQH/HBQ circuit breakers are supplied with load side lugs. If line side lugs are required, add suffix “L” to catalog number. Consult Siemens
for any additional charge. All standard circuit breakers are calibrated for 40°C maximum ambient application.
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40° C
Type BQ
Type BQH
Type HBQ
10,000A IR
22,000A IR
65,000A IR
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
1-Pole (120V AC)e
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
BQ1B015d
BQ1B020d
BQ1B025
BQ1B030
BQ1B035n
BQ1B040
BQ1B045n
BQ1B050
BQ1B060n
BQ1B070n
2-Pole (Common-Trip 120/240V
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125
BQ2B015
BQ2B020
BQ2B025
BQ2B030
BQ2B035
BQ2B040
BQ2B045
BQ2B050
BQ2B060
BQ2B070
BQ2B080
BQ2B090
BQ2B100
BQ2B110
BQ2B125
2-Pole (Common-Trip 240V
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
BQ2H015
BQ2H020
BQ2H030
BQ2H040n
BQ2H050
BQ2H060
BQ2H070n
BQ2H080n
BQ2H090n
BQ2H100n
BQ1B015Hd
BQ1B020Hd
BQ1B025Hn
BQ1B030H
BQ1B035Hn
BQ1B040H
BQ1B045Hn
BQ1B050H
BQ1B060Hn
BQ1B070Hn
AC)f
BQ2B015H
BQ2B020H
BQ2B025Hn
BQ2B030H
BQ2B035Hn
BQ2B040H
BQ2B045Hn
BQ2B050H
BQ2B060H
BQ2B070Hn
BQ2B080Hn
BQ2B090Hn
BQ2B100H
BQ2B110H
BQ2B125H
AC)cf
HB1B015nd
HB1B020nd
HB1B025n
HB1B030n
HB1B035n
HB1B040n
HB1B045n
HB1B050n
HB1B060n
HB1B070n
1-Pole
HB2B015n
HB2B020n
HB2B025n
HB2B030n
HB2B035n
HB2B040n
HB2B045n
HB2B050n
HB2B060n
HB2B070n
HB2B080
HB2B090n
HB2B100
HB2B110n
HB2B125
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BQ3B015H
BQ3B020H
BQ3B025Hn
BQ3B030H
BQ3B035H
BQ3B040H
BQ3B045H
BQ3B050H
BQ3B060H
BQ3B070H
BQ3B080Hn
BQ3B090Hn
BQ3B100H
HB3B015n
HB3B020n
HB3B025
HB3B030
HB3B035
HB3B040
HB3B045
HB3B050
HB3B060
HB3B070n
HB3B080n
HB3B090n
HB3B100
2-Pole
3-Pole
3-Pole (Common-Trip 240V AC)g
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
BQ3B015
BQ3B020
BQ3B025n
BQ3B030
BQ3B035n
BQ3B040
BQ3B045n
BQ3B050
BQ3B060
BQ3B070
BQ3B080
BQ3B090
BQ3B100
BQ / BQH / HBQ Internal Accessories
Description
120V Shunt Trip
24V Shunt Trip
120V Auxiliary Switch
Catalog Number Field/Factory Installed
add suffix...00S01n Factory
add suffix...00S07n Factory
add suffix...01nb
Factory
n Built to order. Allow 2-3 weeks for delivery
a UL
Listed for use with 60/75° wire through 40 amps,
UL listed for use with 75° wire only for 50 amps
and above, HACR rated.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
b 1A
c UL
Factory Modifications
Description
Catalog Number
Line Side Lugs
add suffix...L
Quick Connect Lug
add suffix...QX
400Hz Calibration
add suffix...Y h
Marine 50˚ C Ambient add suffix...M
Calibration
Fungus Proofing
add suffix...F
For external accessories, please refer
to page 17/106
and 1B contacts.
Listed for use on 3-phase grounded “B” systems ­­—
10,000 for this application.
d UL Listed for frequent switching
applications (SWD). 120V AC Fluorescent Lighting.
Product Category: MCCB
e Shipped 12 per sleeve.
f Shipped 6 per sleeve.
g Shipped 4 per sleeve.
h UL Listed 5KA IR.
17/9
General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers
DIN Rail Mounted Circuit Breakers
Selection/Dimensions
Breaker
Type
Ampere
Rating
Catalog
Number
Load Side
Connector
1-Pole DIN Rail (120V AC)
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
BQXD
1-Pole
120V
DIN Rail
Interrupting Ratings (KA)
(RMS Symmetrical Amperes)
Volts AC
BQ1B010QLD
BQ1B015QLD
BQ1B020QLD
BQ1B025QLD
BQ1B030QLD
BQ1B035QLD
BQ1B040QLD
BQ1B045QLD
BQ1B050QLD
BQ1B060QLD
BQ1B010QXD
BQ1B015QXD
BQ1B020QXD
BQ1B025QXD
BQ1B030QXD
BQ1B035QXD
BQ1B040QXD
BQ1B045QXD
BQ1B050QXD
BQ1B060QXD
120
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TA1Q1
TA1Q1
TA1Q1
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
120/240
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
BQ1B015QLD
BQ2B015QLD
BQ1B015QXD
BQ2B015QXD
2-Pole DIN Rail (120/240V AC)
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
BQXD
2-Pole
120/240V
DIN Rail
BQ2B010QLD
BQ2B015QLD
BQ2B020QLD
BQ2B025QLD
BQ2B030QLD
BQ2B035QLD
BQ2B040QLD
BQ2B045QLD
BQ2B050QLD
BQ2B060QLD
BQ2B010QXD
BQ2B015QXD
BQ2B020QXD
BQ2B025QXD
BQ2B030QXD
BQ2B035QXD
BQ2B040QXD
BQ2B045QXD
BQ2B050QXD
BQ2B060QXD
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TC1Q1
TA1Q1
TA1Q1
TA1Q1
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
Quick-Connect
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
Lugs-For Use with BQ, BQH, HBQ
Circuit
Breaker
Amp. Rtg.
Line Side
10–40
45–125
Load Side
10
15–20
25–35
40–50
55–70
80–100
110–125
Cab.
Per
Lug
Lug
Wire Range
AWG
1
1
1
1
#16–#6 Cu
#12–#6 Al
#8–#1 Cu
#6–#1/0 Al
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
#16 Cu
#14–#10 Cu
#12–#10 Al
#14–#6 Cu
#12–#10 Al
#8–#6 Cu
#8–#4 Al
#8–#4 Cu
#8–#2 Al
#4–#1/0 Cu
#2–#1/0 Al
#2–#1/0 Cu
#1/0–#2/0 Al
Catalog
Number
TC1Q1 a b
TA1Q1
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
Listed for use with 60/75° wire through 40 amps,
UL listed for use with 75° wire only for 50 amps
and above, HACR rated.
17/10
Protects against accidental contact with
lugs–1 per lug. Fits line and load end.
Catalog Number
Qty
BQFS2
2
BQFS1K
1000
Enclosures
Connectors
are
Supplied
with
Circuit
Breaker
For inches / millimeters conversion,
see Application Data section.
a UL
Finger Safe Terminal Shield
Type
Catalog Number d
1
EB3100S c
3R
WB3100
bConnector
Product Category: MCCB
Dimensions (inches)
L
D1
D2
BQ, BQH
BQ, BQH
HBQ
BQXD
33⁄4
4
4
41⁄2
23⁄8
23⁄8
23⁄8
23⁄8
3
3
3
3
15–50
55–125
15–125
15–60
has steel construction.
mounted indoor. If flush mounting is required,
replace suffix “S” in catalog number with suffix “F”.
Neutral included in enclosure.
Enclosure will not accept circuit breakers with shunt
trips or auxiliary switches installed.
cSurface
Breaker
Type
Amperes
Type
BQXD uses TA1Q1 or TC1Q1 lugs on line side of circuit breaker.
For external accessories, please refer
to pages 17/106, 17/108 to 17/113
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
• Revised •
10/18/15
General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers
QJ 225A Frame
Selection/Dimensions
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
2-Pole
240V AC
Catalog Number
3-Pole
240V AC
Catalog Number
100
QR22B100
QR23B100
125
QR22B125
QR23B125
150
QR22B150
QR23B150
175
QR22B175
QR23B175
200
QR22B200
QR23B200
225
QR22B225
QR23B225
250
QR22B250
QR23B250
100
QRH22B100n
QRH23B100
125
QRH22B125
QRH23B125
150
QRH22B150
QRH23B150
175
QRH22B175n
QRH23B175
200
QRH22B200
QRH23B200
225
QRH22B225
QRH23B225
250
QRH22B250
QRH23B250
Type
Type
Ordering Information
Load side 3TA1QR300 lugs are mounted and included
when circuit breaker is ordered. For line and load lugs
(3TA1QR300) installed at no additional charge, add
suffix “L” to catalog number.
QR2b
50°C Calibration - See page 7-91.
400HZ. - See page 7-91.
Shipping Weights
QRH2b
Number
of Poles
Number
per Carton
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
2
1
3
3
1
4
Lugs For 75°C Wire a
Type HQR2b
Catalog
Number
Lug
Lug
Body Wire Range
3TA1QR300
Al
3TA1QR250
Cu
#3 - 1/0 Al/Cu
2/0 AWG - 300 Kcmil
#3 - 1/0 Cu ONLY
2/0 AWG - 300 Kcmil Cu ONLY
Enclosures (Neutral Included)
100
HQR22B100n
HQR23B100
125
HQR22B125
HQR23B125
150
HQR22B150
HQR23B150
175
HQR22B175n
HQR23B175
200
HQR22B200
HQR23B200
225
HQR22B225
HQR23B225
250
HQR22B250
HQR23B250
100
HQR22B100H
HQR23B100Hs
125
HQR22B125H
HQR23B125Hs
150
HQR22B150H
HQR23B150Hs
Breaker
Type
175
HQR22B175H
HQR23B175Hs
QR2
10
200
HQR22B200H
HQR23B200Hs
QRH2
25
225
HQR22B225H
HQR23B225Hs
HQR2
65
250
HQR22B250H
HQR22B250Hs
HQR2H
100
Type HQR2Hb
Type
Catalog
Number
1
QR2N1
3R
QR2N3R3
12
QR2N12
4X
QR2N4X
4X316
QR2N4X316
UL 489 Interrupting Ratings
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (kA)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240
Internal Accessories
Add suffix to catalog number.
2A and 2B
Shunt Trip and 1A and
1B Auxiliary Switch
Suffix
Suffix
Suffix
A01n
A02n
01S01n
A02n
01S07n
Shunt Trip
1A and 1B
AC
DC
Suffix
120/240
48
00S01n
24
00S07n
A01n
7’’
3’’
2-pole
2.5 D
3’’
Auxiliary Switches
Control Voltage
4.5’’ 3-pole
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
Note: A page 17/42.
Note: QJ breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed
applications.
a See
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
b HACR
rated.
accessories are not available on 2-pole QJ
breakers.
c Internal
Product Category: MCCB
For external accessories, please refer
to pages 17/108 to 17/113
17/11
General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers
CQD 100A Frame
Selection/Dimensions
Shipping Weights
Type CQD (Cable In - Cable Out) DIN Rail Mountc
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
160
170
180
190
100
1-Pole
277V AC
125V DC
Catalog Number
CQD115 ab
CQD120 ab
CQD125 b
CQD130 b
CQD135bn
CQD140bn
CQD145bn
CQD150bn
CQD160n
CQD170n
CQD180n
CQD190n
CQD1100n
2-Pole
480Y/277V AC
125/250V DC
Catalog Number
CQD215b
CQD220b
CQD225b
CQD230b
CQD235bn
CQD240b
CQD245bn
CQD250b
CQD260
CQD270
CQD280
CQD290n
CQD2100
3-Pole
Number of
Poles
Number per
Carton
Shipping
Weight lbs. (kg)
480Y/277V AC
Catalog Number
CQD315b
CQD320b
CQD325b
CQD330b
CQD335b
CQD340b
CQD345bn
CQD350b
CQD360
CQD370
CQD380
CQD390
CQD3100
1
2
3
1
1
1
0.5 (0)
1.0 (0)
1.5 (1)
Lugs For 60/75°C Wire
Amps
Wire Size
15–40
#14–#6 AWG Cu
#12–#6 AWG Al
45–100
#8–#1 AWG Cu
#6–#1/0 AWG Al
Type CQD6 (Cable In - Cable Out) CSA Certified, not UL
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
160
170
1-Pole
347V AC
125V DC
Catalog Number
—
CQD6120 bn
CQD6125 bn
CQD6130 bn
CQD6135n
CQD6140n
CQD6145n
CQD6150n
CQD6160n
CQD6170n
2-Pole
600Y/347V AC
125/250V DC
Catalog Number
CQD6215n
CQD6220n
CQD6225n
CQD6230n
CQD6235n
CQD6240n
CQD6245n
CQD6250n
CQD6260n
CQD6270n
3-Pole
600Y/347V AC
Catalog Number
CQD6315n
CQD6320n
CQD6325n
CQD6330n
CQD6335n
CQD6340n
CQD6345n
CQD6350n
CQD6360n
—
CQD, CQD6
Interrupting Ratings
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
Breaker
Type
Number
of Poles
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
CQD
(UL)
CQD6
(CSA)
Volts DC
120
240
277
480/277
600/347
125
125/250
1
2
3
65
—
—
—
65
65
14
—
—
—
14
14
—
—
—
14
—
—
—
14
—
1
2
3
65
—
—
—
65
65
14
—
—
—
—
—
10
10
10
14
—
—
—
14
—
CQD, CQD6
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a SWD
rated.
Note: CQD breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed
applications.
17/12
b HID
rated.
rated.
c HACR
Accessories pages 17/14
and 17/108 to 17/113
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers
GG 125A Frame
Selection/Dimensions
GG 125A Frame (Cable In - Cable Out)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
1-Pole
110
125
2-Pole
3-Pole
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
NGG1B015La b
NGG1B020La b
NGG1B025Lb
NGG1B030Lb
NGG1B035Lb
NGG1B040Lb
NGG1B045Lb
NGG1B050Lb
NGG1B060L
NGG1B070L
NGG1B080L
NGG1B090L
NGG1B100L
NGG2B015Lb
NGG2B020Lb
NGG2B025Lb
NGG2B030Lb
NGG2B035Lb
NGG2B040Lb
NGG2B045Lb
NGG2B050Lb
NGG2B060L
NGG2B070L
NGG2B080L
NGG2B090L
NGG2B100L
NGG3B015Lb
NGG3B020Lb
NGG3B025Lb
NGG3B030Lb
NGG3B035Lb
NGG3B040Lb
NGG3B045Lb
NGG3B050Lb
NGG3B060L
NGG3B070L
NGG3B080L
NGG3B090L
NGG3B100L
NGG1B110L
NGG1B125L
NGG2B110L
NGG2B125L
NGG3B110L
NGG3B125L
GG
2.9
5.4
Line and load lugs are included as standard. If no lugs are required, remove the “L” suffix.
HACR rated.
Suitable for screws or DIN rail mounting.
Type HGG (Cable In - Cable Out)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125
Type LGG (Cable In - Cable Out)
1-Pole
2-Pole
3-Pole
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
HGG1B015Lb
HGG1B020Lb
HGG1B025Lb
HGG1B030Lb
HGG1B035Lb
HGG1B040Lb
HGG1B045Lb
HGG1B050Lb
HGG1B060L
HGG1B070L
HGG1B080L
HGG1B090L
HGG1B100L
HGG1B110L
HGG1B125L
HGG2B015Lb
HGG2B020Lb
HGG2B025Lb
HGG2B030Lb
HGG2B035Lb
HGG2B040Lb
HGG2B045Lb
HGG2B050Lb
HGG2B060L
HGG2B070L
HGG2B080L
HGG2B090L
HGG2B100L
HGG2B110L
HGG2B125L
HGG3B015Lb
HGG3B020Lb
HGG3B025Lb
HGG3B030Lb
HGG3B035Lb
HGG3B040Lb
HGG3B045Lb
HGG3B050Lb
HGG3B060L
HGG3B070L
HGG3B080L
HGG3B090L
HGG3B100L
HGG3B110L
HGG3B125L
Shipping Weights
GG
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
1-Pole
2-Pole
3-Pole
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
LGG1B015Lb
LGG1B020Lb
LGG1B025Lb
LGG1B030Lb
LGG1B035Lb
LGG1B040Lb
LGG1B045Lb
LGG1B050Lb
LGG1B060L
LGG1B070L
LGG1B080L
LGG1B090L
LGG1B100L
LGG1B110L
LGG1B125L
LGG2B015Lb
LGG2B020Lb
LGG2B025Lb
LGG2B030Lb
LGG2B035Lb
LGG2B040Lb
LGG2B045Lb
LGG2B050Lb
LGG2B060L
LGG2B070L
LGG2B080L
LGG2B090L
LGG2B100L
LGG2B110L
LGG2B125L
LGG3B015Lb
LGG3B020Lb
LGG3B025Lb
LGG3B030Lb
LGG3B035Lb
LGG3B040Lb
LGG3B045Lb
LGG3B050Lb
LGG3B060L
LGG3B070L
LGG3B080L
LGG3B090L
LGG3B100L
LGG3B110L
LGG3B125L
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125
Lugs For 60/75°C Wire
Number of
Poles
Number per
Carton
Shipping
Weight lbs. (kg)
1
2
3
1
1
1
.75 (0.34)
1.3 (0.59)
2.0 (0.98)
NGG
Ampere Rating
Wire Size
Catalog Number
15–30A
#14–#6 AWG Cu
#12–#6 AWG Al
TC1Q1 (qty. 1)
3TC1Q1 (qty. 3)
35–125A
#8–1/0 AWG Cu
#8–2/0 AWG Al
3TC1GG20 (qty. 3)
15–125A
Nut Keeper plate w/ screw
(for crimp terminals)
TNKG3 (qty. 3)
Interrupting Ratings (max. RMS symmetrical amperes kA)
Breaker
Type
NGG
HGG
LGG
Poles
1
2,3
1
2,3
1
2,3
UL489
Volts AC
120
65
—
65
—
65
—
240
277
—
65
—
65
—
65
347
25
—
35
—
65
—
480
14
—
14
—
14
—
­
—
25
—
35
—
65
600Y/347
—
14
—
14
—
14
Volts DC
125
14
—
14
—
14
—
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
a SWD
rated.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
b HID
rated at 15-50A 1-pole @ 277 VAC; 2 & 3-pole @
480 VAC
Product Category: MCCB
125/250
—
14
—
14
—
14
IEC 60947-2 (Ics = 50%Icu)
Volts AC
Volts DC
240
415
125/250
25
65
14
—
—
14
—
—
14
Accessories pages 17/14
and 17/108 to 17/113
17/13
General Application Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Accessoriesa
Selection
Shunt Trip
Control Voltage
V AC
120
240
277
480
600
V DC
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
012
024
048
125
BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6,
NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB
and LGB
Catalog Number
CQDST120
CQDST240s
CQDST277s
CQDST480s
CQDST600
CQDST12
CQDST24
CQDST48
CQDST125
Auxiliary Switch
Maximum
Voltage
BQD, BQD6, CQD,
CQD6, NGG, HGG, LGG,
NGB, HGB and LGB
Catalog Number
AC
DC
Number
of
Contacts
240
125
1A–1B
CQDA1
240
125
2A–2B
CQDA2
CQD with Accessory Installed
Alarm Switch
Maximum Voltage
AC
DC
240
125
BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6,
NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB
and LGB
Catalog Number
CQDBA
Shunt Trip and Auxiliary Switch
Combinations
Shunt Trip
Voltage
AC
24
120
240
277
480
600
—
—
—
DC
—
—
—
—
—
—
BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6,
NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB, HGB
and LGB
Catalog Number
—
12
24
CQDST24AASs
CQDST120AASs
CQDST240AASs
CQDST277AASs
CQDST480AASs
CQDST600AASs
CQDST12DASs
CQDST24DASs
48
CQDST48DASs
125
CQDST125DASs
Alarm and Auxiliary Switch
Combinations
For Breaker
Catalog Number
BQD, BQD6, CQD, CQD6,
NGG, HGG, LGG, NGB,
HGB and LGB
CQDA1BAs
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
aAdds
1-pole space for accessory.
17/14
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Trip Unit Overview
Selection
The interchangeability of the VL circuit
breaker trip units allow for easy conversion from any of 3 types of protection.
They are thermal-magnetic, electronic,
or electronic with a built-in LCD. The
thermal-magnetic trip unit features an
adjustable magnetic trip setting. The
electronic trip units are microprocessor
based true RMS sensing devices and
are available with a variety of adjustable
trip settings, configurations, and infor-
mation menus. With precise control
over the circuit beaker functions and
access to system status, diagnostics,
and information, these trip units allow
for unsurpassed flexibility in circuit
coordination.
An example of coordination is the out
of the box Ground Fault function on the
Model 555 trip units. The pick-up and
time delay settings are set at the
factory for each frame and do not
overlap with the settings on the other
frames. Therefore, when VL breakers
are used together in a system the GF
protection is automatically coordinated.
The user also has the ability to program
a custom coordination scheme with
adjustable settings on both the 555 and
586 trip units.
VL Trip Units
Trip Unit Functions
Model 525
Thermalmagnetic
Continuous Current Setting (Ir)
Long Time Delay (tr)
Instantaneous Function
Instantaneous Pickup (Ii)
Short Time Function
Short Time Pick-up (Isd)
Short Time Delay (tsd)
Ground Fault Pick-up (Ig)
Ground Fault Delay (tg)
Ground Fault Alarm Pick-up
Ground Fault Alarm Delay
Alarm & Status Indicator
Built-in Display (LCD)
Pre-Trip Alarma
Last Trip Information
Zone Selectivea
Communicationsa
Fixed
h
l
u
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
Model 555
Electronic
LI
u
u
l
u
h
h
h
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
la
l
l
Electronic
LIG
u
u
l
u
h
h
h
u
u
h
h
l
h
l
la
l
l
Electronic
LSI
u
u
l
u
l
u
u
h
h
h
h
l
h
l
la
l
l
Model 586
Electronic
LSIG
u
u
l
u
l
u
u
u
u
h
h
l
h
l
la
l
l
Electronic
with LCD
LSI
Electronic
with LCD
LSIG
Electronic
with LCD
LSI + G alarm only
u
u
u
u
u
u
(ON/OFF)
(ON/OFF)
(ON/OFF)
u
u
u
(ON/OFF)
(ON/OFF)
(ON/OFF)
u
u
h
h
h
h
l
l
l
l
l
l
u
u
u
u
u
u
l
l
l
l
l
l
u
u
h
h
u
u
l
l
l
l
l
l
u Adjustable setting
l This feature is included
h Feature is not included.
a Requires a COMPRO20 or COMMOD21 module in a communication system.
Continuous Amps Rating (Ir)
This setting is the continuous current
that the breaker will carry without tripping. It can be set up to 100% of the trip
unit’s nominal rating (In).
Long Time Delay (tr)
Sometimes referred to as the “overload”
position, this function controls the breaker‘s “pause-in-tripping” time. It allows
low level, temporary inrush currents
such as those encountered when starting a motor to pass without tripping. The
time delay begins when the current
reaches 6 x Ir.
Instantaneous Pick-up (Ii)
This function sets the breaker to trip
instantaneously during high fault conditions. This function may be turned off on
Model 586 trip units. Turning this function off will enable an instantaneous trip
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
override function to ensure self protection of circuit breaker.
Short Time Pick-Up (lsd)
This function controls the level of fault
current the breaker will carry for a short
time without tripping, thus allowing
downstream devices to clear short circuits ahead of up-stream protection.
It may be defeated (turned-off) on
Model 586 trip units.
Short Time Delay (tsd)
This controls the interval of time the
breaker will remain closed against a fault
(at the Short Time Pick-up current level)
without tripping. The time delay may be
set at fixed points or at short time intervals based on l2t curves. This function is
used with the Short Time Pick-up to
achieve selectivity and better system
coordination.
Ground Fault Pick-Up (Ig)
This setting controls the level of ground
fault current that will cause the breaker
to trip. Model 555 Electronic Trip Units
act on the residual current to sense
ground current. The Model 586
Electronic Trip Unit is programmable
and allows the user to select either
the residual current method or direct
detection (via a separate current transformer) to detect ground current.
Ground Fault Time Delay (tg)
This controls the interval of time the
breaker will remain closed after a ground
fault is detected (at the Ground Fault
Pick-up current level) without tripping.
17/15
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
General Information
Selection
Thermal-Magnetic trip units, Model 525, combine the inverse time element design for low level overloads, and instantaneous
magnetic action for short circuit protection. The standard unit has preset overload protection and an adjustable instantaneous trip
setting, with 6 set points. Thermal-Magnetic trip units are available throughout the VL family, from 50 to 1600A.
Electronic Trip Units
Electronic trip units are available through
the VL family, from 60A (which can be
set as low as 30A) up through 1600A.
They are also available in four trip
configurations (LI, LIG, LSI, LSIG) and
features can include a built-in LCD
display.
On the Model 555 Electronic Trip Unit a
flashing LED confirms that the
microprocessor is in operating and
another indicates an overload condition.
For ease-of-use and to insure proper
coordination, the set points for the
continuous current are shown on the
face of these trip units in amps.
On the Model 586, the LCD version, the
current in each phase is continuously
shown on the display. Unlike many
displays, no secondary or auxiliary voltage is required as long as the breaker is
energized and a minimal load current is
present. These trip units can also indicate the “last trip” status (date, time,
amps) when they‘re connected to a PC
via one of our communications modules.
Without being connected via a communication module, the last trip status can be
viewed on Model 586 trip units (no time
stamp).
Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions
Model 555 Electronic Trip Unit
with LSIG trip functions
Model 586 Electronic Trip Unit
has an LCD display
17/16
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
DG 150A Frame, VL Series
Selection
Ordering Information
Complete Assembled Breaker
A complete factory assembled DG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and
standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are only available with standard
connectors.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications.
For special applications, refer to page 17/62.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.
For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd
character of the catalog number to “W”. Available in electronic and electronic
with LCD only.
HACR rated.
Interrupting Ratings
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
Interrupting
Class
Breaker
Type
N
H
L
NDGB
HDGB
LDGB
UL 489
IEC 60947-2
Volts AC (50/60 Hz) Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
240
65
100
200
480
600Y
/347
35
65
100
18
18
18
250
500
30
30
30
18
18
18
Dimensions, inches (mm)
220/240
380/415
ICU
ICU
ICS
65
100
200
65
75
150
40
70
100
690
ICS
ICU
40
70
75
12
12
12
Connectors for 75°C Wire
Ampere
Construction
Rating
30-150
Steel
Aluminum
30-150
30-150
Copper
Distribution Lugs
30-150
30-150
Compression Lugs
30-150
30-150
Wire Range
#8–1/0 Cu
#6–3/0 Al/Cu
#6–3/0 Cu
No. of cables
per connector
1
1
1
Number
To Handle
of Poles Width
Length Depth
D1
ICS
6
6
6
2, 3
4.1 (105) 6.9 (175) 3.4 (81)
4.2(107)
Approx. Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
Catalog Number
3TW1DG20b
3TA1DG30
3TC1DG30b
#14–#2 Al/Cu (3pcs. Max)
#14–#4 Cu, #14–#6 Al 3
6
3TA3DG02b
3TA6DG04b
#14–2/0 kcmil Al/Cu
#14–2/0 kcmil Al/Cu
–
–
2CLD20c
3CLD20b
Trip Unit
Complete
Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker
2, 3 3.7 (1.7)
2.2 (1.0)
2.6 (1.2)
5.9 (2.7)
Standard connector supplied with complete breakers.
Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.
2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers.
d Required for 100% rated DG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity
a
b
c
DG Thermal-Magnetic, Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
Instantaneous
Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Amp Rating (In)
Min.
Max.
50
450
600
60
450
600
70
450
700
80
450
800
90
500
1000
100
500
1000
110
550
1100
125
625
1250
150
800
1600
External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57
Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Product Category: MCCB
17/17
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
DG 150A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Selection
Ii
1120
960
800
Type / Tipo CDT3
I n =150A
AMPS
40? C
1280
TM ~
1440
1600
TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525
Cat. No. - CDT3B150
Model 525 Trip Unit
DG 150A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
Continuous
Ampere Rating
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
NDK2B050L
NDK2B060L
NDK2B070L
NDK2B080L
NDK2B090L
NDK2B100L
NDK2B110L
NDK2B125L
NDK2B150L
HDK2B050L
HDK2B060L
HDK2B070L
HDK2B080L
HDK2B090L
HDK2B100L
HDK2B110L
HDK2B125L
HDK2B150L
LDK2B050L
LDK2B060L
LDK2B070L
LDK2B080L
LDK2B090L
LDK2B100L
LDK2B110L
LDK2B125L
LDK2B150L
DG 150A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
Continuous
Ampere Rating
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
NDK3B050L
NDK3B060L
NDK3B070L
NDK3B080L
NDK3B090L
NDK3B100L
NDK3B110L
NDK3B125L
NDK3B150L
HDK3B050L
HDK3B060L
HDK3B070L
HDK3B080L
HDK3B090L
HDK3B100L
HDK3B110L
HDK3B125L
HDK3B150L
LDK3B050L
LDK3B060L
LDK3B070L
LDK3B080L
LDK3B090L
LDK3B100L
LDK3B110L
LDK3B125L
LDK3B150L
A - Consult with Siemens for availability.
17/18
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
DG 150A Electronic Trip Units
Selection
Model 555 Trip Units
DG 150A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit a
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
Continuous
Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
60
100
150
NDK3R060L
NDK3R100L
NDK3R150L
60
100
150
NDK3T060L
NDK3T100L
NDK3T150L
60
100
150
NDK3V060L
NDK3V100L
NDK3V150L
60
100
150
NDK3W060L
NDK3W100L
NDK3W150L
ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
HDK3R060L
HDK3R100L
HDK3R150L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HDK3T060L
HDK3T100L
HDK3T150L
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HDK3V060L
HDK3V100L
HDK3V150L
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
HDK3W060L
HDK3W100L
HDK3W150L
LDK3R060L
LDK3R100L
LDK3R150L
LDK3T060L
LDK3T100L
LDK3T150L
LDK3V060L
LDK3V100L
LDK3V150L
LDK3W060L
LDK3W100L
LDK3W150L
Model 586 Trip Unit
DG 150A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
a
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
Continuous
Ampere Rating
60
100
150
60
100
150
60
100
150
a
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
NDK3A060L
HDK3A060L
NDK3A100L
HDK3A100L
NDK3A150L
HDK3A150L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
NDK3G060L
HDK3G060L
NDK3G100L
HDK3G100L
NDK3G150L
HDK3G150L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
NDK3K060L
HDK3K060L
NDK3K100L
HDK3K100L
NDK3K150L
HDK3K150L
LDK3A060L
LDK3A100L
LDK3A150L
LDK3G060L
LDK3G100L
LDK3G150L
LDK3K060L
LDK3K100L
LDK3K150L
ue to the location of the magnetic tripping solenoid, the
D
left accessory pocket is not available for accessories.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Product Category: MCCB
17/19
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
FG 250A Frame, VL Series
Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information
Complete Assembled Breaker
A complete factory assembled FG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and
standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications.
For special applications, refer to page 17/62.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.
HACR rated.
Interrupting Ratings
Dimensions, inches (mm)
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489
IEC 60947-2
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Breaker
220/240
380/415
500
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
Type
240
480
600 250
NFG
65
35
18
30
18
65
65
40
40
HFG
100
65
20
30
25
100
75
70
70
LFG
200
100
25
30
30
200
150
100
75
Number
To Handle
of Poles Width Length Depth
D1
Connectors for 75°C Wire
Ampere
Construction Rating
50-250
Steel
50-250
Aluminum
Copper
50-250
Distribution Lugs
Wire Range
#4–350 kcmil Cu
#4–350 kcmil Al/Cu
#4–350 kcmil Cu
No. of cables
per connector
1
1
1
Catalog
Number
3TW1FG350
3TAW1FG350
3TCW1FG350
#12–2/0 Cu
#14–#4 Cu
3
6
3TA3FG20
3TA6FG04
50-250
50-250
ICU
12
12
12
690
ICS
6
6
6
2, 3
4.1 (105) 6.9 (175) 3.4 (81) 4.2 (107)
Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
Trip Unit
Complete
Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker
2, 3 4.0 (1.8)
2.2 (1.0)
2.6 (1.2) 6.2 (2.8)
2-pole FG breakers are rated 600Y/347.
connector supplied with complete breakers.
consists of 3 terminal connectors.
 2 Lugs for 2-pole breakers.
 3 Lugs for 3-pole breakers.

 Standard
 Kit
FG Thermal-Magnetic,
Instantaneous Trip
Adjustment Range
Instantaneous
Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Amp Rating (In)
Min.
Max.
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
625
800
800
800
1000
1000
1250
1250
1250
1600
1600
1600
2000
2000
2500
2500
Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range.
External Accessories pages 17/43 to 17/57
17/20
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
FG 250A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Selection
Ii
Type / Tipo CFT3
I n =250A
AMPS
1750
1500
1250
40? C
2000
TM ~
2250
2500
TRIP UNIT/DISPARADOR 525
Cat. No. - CFT3B250
Model 525 Trip Unit
FG 250A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
Continuous
Ampere Rating
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
NFK2B100L
NFK2B110L
NFK2B125L
NFK2B150L
NFK2B175L
NFK2B200L
NFK2B225L
NFK2B250L
HFK2B100L
HFK2B110L
HFK2B125L
HFK2B150L
HFK2B175L
HFK2B200L
HFK2B225L
HFK2B250L
LFK2B100L
LFK2B110L
LFK2B125L
LFK2B150L
LFK2B175L
LFK2B200L
LFK2B225L
LFK2B250L
FG 250A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
NFG3F250
HFG3F250
LFG3F250
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
TRIP UNIT ONLY
100
NFG3B100L
HFG3B100L
LFG3B100L
CFT3B100
110
NFG3B110L
HFG3B110L
LFG3B110L
CFT3B110
125
NFG3B125L
HFG3B125L
LFG3B125L
CFT3B125
150
NFG3B150L
HFG3B150L
LFG3B150L
CFT3B150
175
NFG3B175L
HFG3B175L
LFG3B175L
CFT3B175
200
NFG3B200L
HFG3B200L
LFG3B200L
CFT3B200
225
NFG3B225L
HFG3B225L
LFG3B225L
CFT3B225
250
NFG3B250L
HFG3B250L
LFG3B250L
CFT3B250
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
17/21
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
FG 250A Electronic 3-Knob & LCD Trip Units
Selection
Model 555 Trip Units
FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unita
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
NFG3F250
HFG3F250
LFG3F250
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
100
150
250
NFG3R100L
NFG3R150L
NFG3R250L
100
150
250
NFG3T100L
NFG3T150L
NFG3T250L
100
150
250
NFG3V100L
NFG3V150L
NFG3V250L
100
150
250
NFG3W100L
NFG3W150L
NFG3W250L
ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
HFG3R100L
HFG3R150L
HFG3R250L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HFG3T100L
HFG3T150L
HFG3T250L
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HFG3V100L
HFG3V150L
HFG3V250L
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
HFG3W100L
HFG3W150L
HFG3W250L
TRIP UNIT ONLY
LFG3R100L
LFG3R150L
LFG3R250L
CFT3R100
CFT3R150
CFT3R250
LFG3T100L
LFG3T150L
LFG3T250L
CFT3T100
CFT3T150
CFT3T250
LFG3V100L
LFG3V150L
LFG3V250L
CFT3V100
CFT3V150
CFT3V250
LFG3W100L
LFG3W150L
LFG3W250L
CFT3W100
CFT3W150
CFT3W250
Model 586 Trip Unit
FG 250A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unita
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
NFG3F250
HFG3F250
LFG3F250
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
100
150
250
NFG3A100L
NFG3A150L
NFG3A250L
100
150
250
NFG3G100L
NFG3G150L
NFG3G250L
100
150
250
NFG3K100L
NFG3K150L
NFG3K250L
LCD
a
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HFG3A100L
LFG3A100L
HFG3A150L
LFG3A150L
HFG3A250L
LFG3A250L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HFG3G100L
LFG3G100L
HFG3G150L
LFG3G150L
HFG3G250L
LFG3G250L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
HFG3K100L
LFG3K100L
HFG3K150L
LFG3K150L
HFG3K250L
LFG3K250L
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CFT3A100
CFT3A150
CFT3A250
CFT3G100
CFT3G150
CFT3G250
CFT3K100
CFT3K150
CFT3K250
ue to the location of the magnetic tripping solenoid, the
D
left accessory pocket is not available for accessories.
17/22
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories for DG 150A and FG 250A Frames
Selection
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits
Description
1 Alarm Switch
1A/Bc
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3
2 Aux. Switches
1A + 1B
Bases AMBL1
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches
1A + 1B, 1A/Bc
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3
Mounting Pocketa
Catalog Number
Left, Rightb
ASKL1
Left, Right
ASKL2
Left, Rightb
ASKL3
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only
Description
Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch
Mounting Pocket
Left, Right
Left Pocket Only
Right Pocket Only
Catalog Number
AMBL1
AMBL2
AMBL3
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only
Common to DG - PG Frames
Description
1 Normally Open Contact (1A)
1 Normally Closed Contact (1B)
Catalog Number
ASWPA
ASWPB
Shunt Trips
Description
Mounting Pocket
24 VDC
48-60 VDC
110-127 VDC
220-250 VDC
Right Pocket Only
48-60 VAC
110-127 VAC
208-277 VAC
380-600 VAC
Catalog Number
STRLB24DC
STRLC60DC
STRLD125DC
STRLE250DC
STRLM60
STRLN120
STRLS277
STRLV600
Undervoltage Release
Description
Mounting Pocket
12 VDC
24 VDC
48 VDC
60 VDC
110-127 VDC
220-250 VDC
24 VAC
Right Pocket Only
110-127 VAC
220-240 VAC
208 VAC
277 VAC
380-415 VAC
440-480 VAC
Catalog Number
UVRLA12DC
UVRLB24DC
UVRLC48DC
UVRLG60DC
UVRLD125DC
UVRLE250DC
UVRLL24
UVRLN120
UVRLR240
UVRLP208
UVRLS277
UVRLT415
UVRLU480
efer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 17/58 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for
R
accessory combinations.
These kits include two bases, one for mounting switches in the left pocket and another for mounting in the right.
c Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time.
‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open).
‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open).
a
b
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Product Category: MCCB
External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57
17/23
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
JG 400A Frame, VL Series
Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information
Complete Assembled Breaker
A complete factory assembled JG breaker includes the frame, trip unit,
and standard line and load connectors, all factory installed and shipped
as a complete breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with
standard connectors.
For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as
separate items.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only.
For non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog
number to “X” for standard breakers.
For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd
character of the catalog number to ”Y“.
For special applications, refer to page 17/62.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.
HACR rated.
Interrupting Ratings
Dimensions, inches (mm)
Number
To Handle
of Poles Width Length Depth
D1
2, 3
5.5 (139) 11 (279) 4.2 (102) 5.4 (138)
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489 AIR (File E10848)
IEC 60947-2
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
Interrupting
Class
Breaker
Type
220/240
380/415
690
240
480
600
250
500
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
N
H
L
NJGA
HJGA
LJGA
65
100
200
35
65
100
25
25
25
30
30
30
25
35
35
65
100
200
65
75
150
45
70
100
45
70
75
12
15
15
6
8
8
Trip Unit
Complete
Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker
2, 3 9.3 (4.2)
4.0 (1.8) 4.0 (1.8) 12.6 (5.7)
Connectors for 75°C Wire
Ampere
Construction
Rating
70-400
Steel
Aluminum
70-400
Aluminum
70-400
Aluminum
70-400
Copper
70-400
Copper
70-400
Distribution Lugs
Wire Range
1/0–600 kcmil Cu
3/0–250 kcmil Al/Cu
250–750 kcmil Al
3/0–600 kcmil Cu
3/0–600 kcmil Cu
3/0–250 kcmil Cu
No. of cables
per connector
1
2
1
1
1
2
70-400
70-400
Compression Lugs
70-400
70-400
70-400
#14–4 Cu
#14–2/0 Al/Cu
12
6
#6–350 kcmil
250-600 kcmil
250-750 kcmil
—
—
—
Catalog Number
3TW1JG600b
3TA2JG250ab
3TA1JG750b
3TA1JG750b
TC1JG750
TC2JG250
3TA12JG04b
3TA6JG20b
3CLJ350b
3CLJ600b
3CLJ750b
aStandard
construction supplied for each breaker.
consists of 3 terminal connectors.
for 100% rated JG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu
cable sized at 75°C ampacity.
bKit
cRequired
JG Thermal-Magnetic,
Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
Instantaneous
Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Amp Rating (In)
Min.
Max.
250
1250
2500
300
1500
3000
350
400
1750
2000
3500
4000
External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57
Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range.
17/24
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
JG 400A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Selection
Model 525 Trip Unit
JG 400A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
NJG2F400
HJG2F400
LJG2F400
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NJG2B250L
NJG2B300L
NJG2B350L
NJG2B400L
250
300
350
400
HJG2B250L
HJG2B300L
HJG2B350L
HJG2B400L
LJG2B250L
LJG2B300L
LJG2B350L
LJG2B400L
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CJT2B250
CJT2B300
CJT2B350
CJT2B400
JG 400A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
NJG3F400
HJG3F400
LJG3F400
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NJG3B250L
NJG3B300L
NJG3B350L
NJG3B400L
250
300
350
400
HJG3B250L
HJG3B300L
HJG3B350L
HJG3B400L
LJG3B250L
LJG3B300L
LJG3B350L
LJG3B400L
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CJT3B250
CJT3B300
CJT3B350
CJT3B400
JJ 400A Frame 240V max., 2-pole with
Thermal-Magnetic Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Continuous Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
COMPLETE BREAKER
250
300
350
400
NJJ2B250
NJJ2B300
NJJ2B350
NJJ2B400
JJ 400A Frame 240V max., 3-pole with
Thermal-Magnetic Non-Interchangeable Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Continuous Catalog Number
Ampere Rating
COMPLETE BREAKER
250
300
350
400
NJJ3B250
NJJ3B300
NJJ3B350
NJJ3B400
 Terminal
connectors must be ordered separately.
Breaker Type NJJA.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Product Category: MCCB
17/25
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
JG 400A Electronic 3-Knob & LCD Trip Units
Selection
Model 555 Trip Units
JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
NJG3F400
HJG3F400
LJG3F400
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
250
400
NJG3R250L
NJG3R400L
250
400
NJG3T250L
NJG3T400L
250
400
NJG3V250L
NJG3V400L
250
400
NJG3W250L
NJG3W400L
ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
HJG3R250L
HJG3R400L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HJG3T250L
HJG3T400L
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HJG3V250L
HJG3V400L
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
HJG3W250L
HJG3W400L
TRIP UNIT ONLY
LJG3R250L
LJG3R400L
CJT3R250
CJT3R400
LJG3T250L
LJG3T400L
CJT3T250
CJT3T400
LJG3V250L
LJG3V400L
CJT3V250
CJT3V400
LJG3W250L
LJG3W400L
CJT3W250
CJT3W400
Model 586 Trip Unit
JG 400A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
NJG3F400
250
400
NJG3A250L
NJG3A400L
250
400
NJG3G250L
NJG3G400L
250
400
NJG3K250L
NJG3K400L
LCD
17/26
HJG3F400
LJG3F400
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HJG3A250L
LJG3A250L
HJG3A400L
LJG3A400L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HJG3G250L
LJG3G250L
HJG3G400L
LJG3G400L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
HJG3K250L
LJG3K250L
HJG3K400L
LJG3K400L
Product Category: MCCB
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CJT3A250
CJT3A400
CJT3G250
CJT3G400
CJT3K250
CJT3K400
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
LG 600A Frame, VL Series
Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information
Complete Assembled Breaker
A complete factory assembled LG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and
standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete
breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
Breakers are suitable for reverse feed applications.
For special applications, refer to page 17/62.
Mounting hardware is included with each breaker.
For 100% rated breakers, change the 3rd character of the catalog number to
“W”. Available on 400/500 Amp only (3-pole only).
HACR rated.
Interrupting Ratings
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
IEC 60947-2
Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
220/240
380/415
690
600
250
500
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
18
30
25
65
65
45
45
12
6
18
30
35 100
75
70
70
15
8
18
30
35 200 150 100
75
15
8
UL 489
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Interrupting
Class
N
H
L

Breaker
Type
NLGB
HLGB
LLGB
240
65
100
200
480
35
65
100
Dimensions, inches (mm)
Number
To Handle
of Poles Width Length Depth
D1
2, 3
5.5 (139) 11 (279) 4.2 (102) 5.4 (138)
Ext.
Shield
13.6
(345.5)
Special 600Vac 25kA thermal-magnetic version (Type HLGC) available, see page 17/28.
Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
Connectors for 75°C Wire
Ampere
Construction
Rating
150-600
Aluminum
Aluminum
150-600
Copper
150-600
Copper
150-600
Compression Lugs
150-600
150-600
150-600
Trip Unit
Complete
Poles Frame Thermal-Mag. Electronic Breaker
Wire Range
#2–600 kcmil Al/Cu
#2–600 kcmil Al/Cu
#2–600 kcmil Cu
#2–600 kcmil Cu
No. of cables
per connector
2 (load side)
2 (line side)
2 (load side)
2 (line side)
Catalog Number
3TA2LG600LD
3TA2LG600LN
3TC2LG600LD
3TC2LG600LN
#6–350 kcmil Al/Cu
250-750 kcmil Al/Cu
250-600 kcmil Al/Cu
—
—
—
6CLL350
3CLL750
6CLL600
2, 3 17.4 (7.9)
3.5 (1.6) 4.2 (1.9) 20.9 (9.5)
Standard construction supplied for each breaker.
Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.
Kit consists of 6 lugs for Line or Load end.
Required for 100% rated LG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity.



LG Thermal-Magnetic,
Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
Instantaneous
Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Amp Rating (In)
Min.
Max.
400
500
600
2000
2500
2750
4000
5000
5500
Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings.
External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Product Category: MCCB
17/27
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
LG 600A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Selection
Model 525 Trip Unit
LG 600A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Continuous
Ampere Rating
400
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NLK2B400L
HLK2B400L
LLK2B400L
500
NLK2B500L
HLK2B500L
LLK2B500L
600
NLK2B600L
HLK2B600L
LLK2B600L
LG 600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Continuous
Ampere Rating
400
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NLK3B400L
HLK3B400L
LLK3B400L
500
NLK3B500L
HLK3B500L
LLK3B500L
600
NLK3B600L
HLK3B600L
LLK3B600L
LG 600A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit , 600Vac 25kA only
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Continuous
Ampere Rating
400
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
—
HLV2B400L
—
500
—
HLV2B500L
—
600
—
HLV2B600L
—
LG 600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit , 600Vac 25kA only
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Continuous
Ampere Rating
400
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
—
HLV3B400L
—
500
—
HLV3B500L
—
600
—
HLV3B600L
—
 For
100% rated 400A or 500A versions, change the third
character of the catalog number to “Z”.
17/28
 Consult
sales office for availability.
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Circuit Breakers
LG 600A Electronic Trip Units
Selection
Model 555 Trip Unit
LG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit
Continuous
Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
400
600
NLK3R400L
NLK3R600L
400
600
NLK3T400L
NLK3T600L
400
600
NLK3V400L
NLK3V600L
400
600
NLK3W400L
NLK3W600L
HLK3R400L
HLK3R600L
LLK3R400L
LLK3R600L
HLK3T400L
HLK3T600L
LLK3T400L
LLK3T600L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HLK3V400L
HLK3V600L
LLK3V400L
LLK3V600L
HLK3W400L
HLK3W600L
LLK3W400L
LLK3W600L
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
Model 586 Trip Unit
LG 600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
Continuous
Ampere Rating
N-Interrupting Class
H-Interrupting Class
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
400
600
NLK3A400L
NLK3A600L
400
600
NLK3G400L
NLK3G600L
400
600
NLK3K400L
NLK3K600L
HLK3A400L
HLK3A600L
LLK3A400L
LLK3A600L
HLK3G400L
HLK3G600L
LLK3G400L
LLK3G600L
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
HLK3K400L
HLK3K600L
LLK3K400L
LLK3K600L
17/29
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories for JG 400A and LG 600A Frames
Selection
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits
Description
1 Alarm Switch
1A/Bc
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3
2 Aux. Switches
1A + 1B
Bases AMBL1
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches
1A + 1B, 1A/Bc
Bases AMBL2 & AMBL3
Mounting Pocketa
Catalog Number
Left, Rightb
ASKL1
Left, Right
ASKL2
Left, Rightb
ASKL3
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only
Description
Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switch
Mounting Pocket
Left, Right
Left Pocket Only
Right Pocket Only
Catalog Number
AMBL1
AMBL2
AMBL3
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only
Common to DG - PG Frames
Description
1 Normally Open Contact (1A)
1 Normally Closed Contact (1B)
Catalog Number
ASWPA
ASWPB
Shunt Trips
Description
Mounting Pocket
24 VDC
48-60 VDC
110-127 VDC
220-250 VDC
Right Pocket Only
48-60 VAC
110-127 VAC
208-277 VAC
380-600 VAC
Catalog Number
STRLB24DC
STRLC60DC
STRLD125DC
STRLE250DC
STRLM60
STRLN120
STRLS277
STRLV600
Undervoltage Release
Description
Mounting Pocket
12 VDC
24 VDC
48 VDC
60 VDC
110-127 VDC
220-250 VDC
24 VAC
Right Pocket Only
110-127 VAC
220-240 VAC
208 VAC
277 VAC
380-415 VAC
440-480 VAC
Catalog Number
UVRLA12DC
UVRLB24DC
UVRLC48DC
UVRLG60DC
UVRLD125DC
UVRLE250DC
UVRLL24
UVRLN120
UVRLR240
UVRLP208
UVRLS277
UVRLT415
UVRLU480
efer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 17/58 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for
R
accessory combinations.
Includes 1A and 1B contact for alarm purposes, only one of which may be installed at any time.
‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open).
‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open).
a
b
17/30
Product Category: MCCB
External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
MG 800A Frame, VL Series
Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information
Complete Assembled Breaker
A complete factory assembled MG breaker includes the frame, trip unit, and
standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete
breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard
connectors.
For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as
separate items.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For
non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number
to “X” for standard breakers.
For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd
character of the catalog number to ”Y“.
For special applications, refer to page 17/62.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.
HACR rated.
Interrupting Ratings
Dimensions, inches (mm)
Number
To Handle
of Poles Width Length Depth
D1
2, 3
7.5 (190) 16 (406) 4.7 (119) 5.9 (151)
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
IEC 60947-2
Volts DC
Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Interrupting
Class
Breaker
Type
220/240
380/415
690
240
480
600
250
500
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
ICU
ICS
N
H
L
NMG
HMG
LMG
65
100
200
35
65
100
25
35
50
22
25
42
35
50
65
65
100
200
65
75
150
50
70
100
50
70
75
20
30
35
10
15
17
Complete
Trip Unit
Breaker
Poles
Frame
2, 3
31.3 (14.2)
4.0 (1.8)
35.3 (16.0)
Connectors for 75°C Wire
Construction
Aluminum
Aluminum
Copper
Aluminum
Ampere
Rating
200-800A
200-800A
200-800A
200-800A
Wire Range
1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu
500-750 kcmil Al/Cu
1/0–500 kcmil Cu
#2–600 kcmil Al/Cu
No. of cables
per connector
3
2
3
3
Catalog Number
3TA3MG500b
3TA2MG750b
TC3MG500e
3TA3MG600bd
Standard connector supplied with complete breakers.
Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.
Consists of one terminal.
d Includes extended terminal cover.
e Required for 100% rated MG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity.
a
b
c
MG Thermal-Magnetic,
Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
Instantaneous
Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Amp Rating (In)
Min.
Max.
600
700
800
3000
3250
3250
6000
6500
6500
Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings.
External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Product Category: MCCB
17/31
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
MG 800A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Selection
Model 525 Trip Unit
MG 800A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
NMG2F800
HMG2F800
LMG2F800
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NMG2B600L
NMG2B700L
NMG2B800L
600
700
800
HMG2B600L
HMG2B700L
HMG2B800L
LMG2B600L
LMG2B700L
LMG2B800L
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CMT2B600
CMT2B700
CMT2B800
MG 800A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
600
700
800
17/32
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
NMG3F800
HMG3F800
LMG3F800
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NMG3B600L
NMG3B700L
NMG3B800L
HMG3B600L
HMG3B700L
HMG3B800L
Product Category: MCCB
LMG3B600L
LMG3B700L
LMG3B800L
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CMT3B600
CMT3B700
CMT3B800
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
MG 800A Electronic 3-Knob & LCD Trip Units
Selection
Model 555 Trip Units
MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
NMG3F800
HMG3F800
LMG3F800
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
600
800
NMG3R600L
NMG3R800L
600
800
NMG3T600L
NMG3T800L
600
800
NMG3V600L
NMG3V800L
600
800
NMG3W600L
NMG3W800L
ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
HMG3R600L
HMG3R800L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HMG3T600L
HMG3T800L
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HMG3V600L
HMG3V800L
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
HMG3W600L
HMG3W800L
TRIP UNIT ONLY
LMG3R600L
LMG3R800L
CMT3R600
CMT3R800
LMG3T600L
LMG3T800L
CMT3T600
CMT3T800
LMG3V600L
LMG3V800L
CMT3V600
CMT3V800
LMG3W600L
LMG3W800L
CMT3W600
CMT3W800
Model 586 Trip Unit
MG 800A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
NMG3F800
600
800
NMG3A600L
NMG3A800L
600
800
NMG3G600L
NMG3G800L
600
800
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
HMG3F800
LMG3F800
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
LCD
NMG3K600L
NMG3K800L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HMG3A600L
LMG3A600L
HMG3A800L
LMG3A800L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HMG3G600L
LMG3G600L
HMG3G800L
LMG3G800L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
HMG3K600L
LMG3K600L
HMG3K800L
LMG3K800L
Product Category: MCCB
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CMT3A600
CMT3A800
CMT3G600
CMT3G800
CMT3K600
CMT3K800
17/33
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
NG 1200A Frame, VL Series
Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information
Complete Assembled Breaker with Lugs
A complete factory assembled NG breaker includes the frame, trip unit,
and standard line and load lugs, all factory installed and shipped as a complete
breaker. Assembled breakers are available only with standard connectors.
For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and terminals as
separate items.
For DC applications, use thermal magnetic trip unit only.
For reverse feed applications, select non-interchangeable trip breakers only. For
non-interchangeable trip breakers, change the third digit of the catalog number
to “X” for standard breakers.
For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd
character of the catalog number to ”Y“.
For special applications, refer to page 17/62.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.
A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker.
HACR rated.
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Breaker
Type
N
H
L
NNG
HNG
LNG
240
65
100
200
umber
N
of Poles
W
L
D
2, 3
Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting
Class
Dimensions, inches (mm)
480
600
35
65
100
25
35
65
250
22
25
42
500
35
50
65
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
220/240
380/415
ICU
ICU
ICS
65
100
200
35
50
100
50
70
100
Complete
Trip Unit
Breaker
Poles
Frame
690
ICS
9 (229) 16 (406) 6 (152) 8.1 (207)
Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
IEC 60947-2
Volts DC
To Handle
D1
ICU
25
35
50
20
30
35
ICS
10
15
17
2, 3
46.3 (21.0)
8.8 (4.0)
55.1 (25.0)
Connectors for 75°C Wire
Ampere
Construction
Rating
300-1200A
Aluminum
Aluminum
300-1200A
Copper
300-1200A
Aluminum
300-1200A
Compression Lugs
300-1200A
Wire Range
1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu
500-750 kcmil Al/Cu
1/0–500 kcmil Cu
1/0–500 kcmil Al/Cu
1/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu
No. of cables
per connector
4
3
4
4
—
Catalog Number
3TA4NG500cd
3TA3NG750d
3TC4NG500bd
3TA4NG500Hbd
12CLN500
Total of 12 connectors (4 per phase Line or Load).
For 100% rated NG breakers. Requires 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C ampacity.
Standard connector provided with complete breakers.
d Kit consists of 3 terminal connectors.
a
b
c
NG Thermal-Magnetic,
Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
Instantaneous
Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Amp Rating (In)
Min.
Max.
800
900
1000
1200
4000
5000
5000
7000
8000
10000
10000
12000
Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings.
External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57
17/34
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
NG 1200A Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Selection
AMPS
9000
8000
7000
Ii
I n = 1200A
11000
12000
AMPS
40 C
10000
9000
TM ~
11000
7000
Trip Unit/Disparador 525
Ii
12000
Ii
AMPS
9000
10000
8000
10000
8000
11000
7000
Amps
12000
Amps
Model 525 Trip Unit
NG 1200A Frame 2-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
NNG2F120
HNG2F120
LNG2F120
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NNG2B800L
NNG2B900L
NNG2B100L
NNG2B120L
800
900
1000
1200
HNG2B800L
HNG2B900L
HNG2B100L
HNG2B120L
LNG2B800L
LNG2B900L
LNG2B100L
LNG2B120L
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CNT2B800
CNT2B900
CNT2B100
CNT2B120
NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
800
900
1000
1200
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
NNG3F120
HNG3F120
LNG3F120
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NNG3B800L
NNG3B900L
NNG3B100L
NNG3B120L
HNG3B800L
HNG3B900L
HNG3B100L
HNG3B120L
Product Category: MCCB
LNG3B800L
LNG3B900L
LNG3B100L
LNG3B120L
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CNT3B800
CNT3B900
CNT3B100
CNT3B120
17/35
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
NG 1200A Electronic Trip Units
Selection
Model 555 Trip Units
NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
NNG3F120
HNG3F120
Catalog Number
LNG3F120
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
HNG3R800L
HNG3R100L
HNG3R120L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HNG3T800L
HNG3T100L
HNG3T120L
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HNG3V800L
HNG3V100L
HNG3V120L
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
HNG3W800L
HNG3W100L
HNG3W120L
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
800
1000
1200
NNG3R800L
NNG3R100L
NNG3R120L
800
1000
1200
NNG3T800L
NNG3T100L
NNG3T120L
800
1000
1200
NNG3V800L
NNG3V100L
NNG3V120L
800
1000
1200
NNG3W800L
NNG3W100L
NNG3W120L
TRIP UNIT ONLY
LNG3R800L
LNG3R100L
LNG3R120L
CNT3R800
CNT3R100
CNT3R120
LNG3T800L
LNG3T100L
LNG3T120L
CNT3T800
CNT3T100
CNT3T120
LNG3V800L
LNG3V100L
LNG3V120L
CNT3V800
CNT3V100
CNT3V120
LNG3W800L
LNG3W100L
LNG3W120L
CNT3W800
CNT3W100
CNT3W120
Model 586 Trip Unit
NG 1200A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
NNG3F120
HNG3F120
LNG3F120
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
800
1000
1200
NNG3A800L
NNG3A100L
NNG3A120L
800
1000
1200
NNG3G800L
NNG3G100L
NNG3G120L
800
1000
1200
17/36
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
LCD
NNG3K800L
NNG3K100L
NNG3K120L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HNG3A800L
LNG3A800L
HNG3A100L
LNG3A100L
HNG3A120L
LNG3A120L
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HNG3G800L
LNG3G800L
HNG3G100L
LNG3G100L
HNG3G120L
LNG3G120L
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
HNG3K800L
LNG3K800L
HNG3K100L
LNG3K100L
HNG3K120L
LNG3K120L
Product Category: MCCB
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CNT3A800
CNT3A100
CNT3A120
CNT3G800
CNT3G100
CNT3G120
CNT3K800
CNT3K100
CNT3K120
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
PG 1600A Frame, VL Series & Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information
A complete factory assembled PG breaker includes the frame and trip unit only.
The connectors must be ordered as separate items.
PG thermal-magnetic breakers sold as non-interchangeable only.
For any other configuration, order the frame, trip unit, and connectors as
separate items.
Connectors require a Breaker Lug Mounting Assembly or Breaker Mounting
Base and must be ordered as a seperate item.
For DC applications, use Thermal magnetic trip unit only.
For reverse feed applications select non-interchangeable trip breakers only.
Change the third digit of the catalog number to “X” for non-interchangeable trip
breakers.
For 100% rated breakers with a non-interchangeable trip unit, change the 3rd
character of the catalog number to ”Y“.
For special applications, refer to page 17/62.
Mounting hardware is included with each frame or complete breaker.
A Toggle Handle Extension is included with each frame or complete breaker.
Dimensions, inches (mm)
umber
N
of Poles
W
L
D
2, 3
Interrupting Ratings
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
Interrupting
Class
Breaker
Type
N
H
L
NPG
HPG
LPG
240
65
100
200
480
600
35
65
100
25
35
65
250
500
22
25
42
35
50
65
Volts AC (50/60 Hz)
220/240
380/415
ICU
ICU
65
100
200
ICS
35
50
100
690
ICS
50
70
100
ICU
25
35
50
20
30
35
ICS
10
15
17
Ampere
Rating
1200-1600A
1200-1600A
1200-1600A
1200-1600A
1200-1600A
Wire Range
1/0–750 kcmil Al/Cu
300–600 kcmil Al/Cu
600–750 kcmil Al/Cu
300–600 kcmil Al/Cu
300–600 kcmil Cu
No. of cables
per phase
6
5
4
6
5
Poles Frame
Trip Unit
Complete
Breaker
2, 3
69.0 (31.3)
60.2 (27.3)
Catalog Number
3TA6PG750ac
TA5P600bd
TA4P750bd
TA6R600bd
TC5R600bde
Instantaneous
Trip Unit Continuous Overcurrent Setting (Ii)
Amp Rating (In)
Min.
Max.
Requires Lug Mounting Assembly LMAP1600.
Requires Breaker Mounting Base MBPG1600 Kit or MBPG1601.
Consists of 3 connectors.
d Consists of 1 connector.
e Required for 100% rated PG breakers. Requires 90°C cable sized at 75°C ampacity.
a
1200
1400
1600
c
AMPS
9000
Mounting Arrangement
Description
Lug Mounting Assembly
Breaker Mounting Base (Front Connect)
Breaker Mounting Base (Rear Connect)
7000
7000
7000
12000
12000
12000
Note: Each breaker has 6 trip settings in this range.
b
8.8 (4.0)
PG Thermal-Magnetic,
Instantaneous
Trip Adjustment Range
Connectors for 75°C Wire
Construction
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Copper
9 (229) 16 (406) 6 (152) 8.1 (207)
Shipping Weight, lbs. (kg)
IEC 60947-2
Volts DC
To Handle
D1
8000
7000
Catalog Number
LMAP1600
MBPG1600
MBPG1601
I n = 1600A
Ii
TM ~
11000
12000
AMPS
40º C
10000
Trip Unit/Disparador 525
9000
Ii
AMPS
9000
10000
8000
11000
7000
12000
Amps
Ii
10000
8000
11000
7000
12000
Amps
Model 525 Trip Unit
PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole with Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Continuous
Ampere Rating
1200
1400
1600
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
NPX3B120
NPX3B140
NPX3B160
HPX3B120
HPX3B140
HPX3B160
LPX3B120
LPX3B140
LPX3B160
External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Product Category: MCCB
17/37
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
PG 1600A Electronic Trip Units
Selection
Model 555 Trip Unit
PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
NPG3F160
HPG3F160
LPG3F160
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
1200
1600
NPG3R120
NPG3R160
1200
1600
NPG3T120
NPG3T160
1200
1600
NPG3V120
NPG3V160
1200
1600
NPG3W120
NPG3W160
ELECTRONIC LI TRIP
HPG3R120
HPG3R160
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HPG3T120
HPG3T160
ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HPG3V120
HPG3V160
ELECTRONIC LIG TRIP
HPG3W120
HPG3W160
TRIP UNIT ONLY
LPG3R120
LPG3R160
CPT3R120
CPT3R160
LPG3T120
LPG3T160
CPT3T120
CPT3T160
LPG3V120
LPG3V160
CPT3V120
CPT3V160
LPG3W120
LPG3W160
CPT3W120
CPT3W160
Model 586 Trip Unit
PG 1600A Frame 3-Pole Electronic LCD Trip Unit
N-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
L-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FRAME ONLY
Continuous
Ampere Rating
NPG3F160
HPG3F160
LPG3F160
COMPLETE FACTORY ASSEMBLED CIRCUIT BREAKER
1200
1600
NPG3A120
NPG3A160
1200
1600
NPG3G120
NPG3G160
1200
1600
NPG3K120
NPG3K160
LCD
17/38
H-Interrupting Class
Catalog Number
LCD ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP
HPG3A120
LPG3A120
HPG3A160
LPG3A160
LCD ELECTRONIC LSIG TRIP
HPG3G120
LPG3G120
HPG3G160
LPG3G160
ELECTRONIC LSI TRIP + GF ALARM ONLY
HPG3K120
LPG3K120
HPG3K160
LPG3K160
Product Category: MCCB
TRIP UNIT ONLY
CPT3A120
CPT3A160
CPT3G120
CPT3G160
CPT3K120
CPT3K160
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories for MG 800A, NG 1200A, and PG 1600A Frames
Selection
Auxiliary Switch and Alarm Switch Combination Kits
Description
Mounting Pocketa
Catalog Number
2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches
2A + 2B
Base AMBP2
Left Pocket Only
ASKP3
4 Aux. Switches
2A + 2B
Base AMBP1
Left, Right
ASKP4
x4
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Mounting Base Only
Description
Mounting Pocketa
Catalog Number
Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches
2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches
Left, Right
Left Pocket Only
AMBP1
AMBP2
Auxiliary/Alarm Switch Only
Common to DG-PG Frames
Description
Catalog Number
1 Normally Open Contact (1A)
ASWPA
1 Normally Closed Contact (1B)
ASWPB
x4
Shunt Trips
Description
Mounting Pocket
Catalog Number
24 VDC
STRPB24DC
48-60 VDC
STRPC60DC
110-127 VDC
STRPD125DC
220-250 VDC
STRPE250DC
Right Pocket Only
48-60 VAC
STRPM60
110-127 VAC
STRPN120
208-277 VAC
STRPS277
380-600 VAC
STRPV600
Undervoltage Release
Description
Mounting Pocket
12 VDC
Catalog Number
UVRPA12DC
24 VDC
UVRPB24DC
48 VDC
UVRPC48DC
60 VDC
UVRPG60DC
110-127 VDC
UVRPD125DC
220-250 VDC
UVRPE250DC
110-127 VAC
Right Pocket Only
220-240 VAC
UVRPN120
UVRPR240
208 VAC
UVRPP208
277 VAC
UVRPS277
380-415 VAC
UVRPT415
440-480 VAC
UVRPU480
a Refer to the “Accessory Locations” chart on page 17/58 for guidelines and limitations about which pockets may be used for accessory combinations.
‘A’ refers to a normally open contact (open when the breaker contacts are open).
‘B’ refers to a normally closed contact (closed when the breaker contacts are open).
External Accessories pages 17/43 through 17/57
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Product Category: MCCB
17/39
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Molded Case Switch
Selection
General
Typically a molded case switch is used
when a compact load-break switch is
needed for disconnect purposes. The
VL line of molded case switches from
Siemens is made of the same materials and components as the VL circuit
breakers but do not provide overcurrent protection. Each molded case
switch has a fixed instantaneous selfprotecting trip element which may
open the switch under high fault conditions.
Application Note
Overcurrent protection must be provided by an appropriate overcurrent protective device located upstream from
the molded case switch. Also, the
short-circuit current rating of the
switch is limited to the interrupting rating of the upstream protective device
or the ratings in the table below,
whichever is less.
Ordering Information
Each type VL molded case switch accepts the same terminals and accessories as the equivalent VL circuit breakers.
All type VL molded case switches are suitable for reverse feed applications.
Mounting hardware and standard line and load terminals are included on ratings through 250A. For 400 – 1600A ratings,
order the lugs separately.
All ratings are UL listed and CSA certified.
Molded Case Switch
Maximum
Ampere
Rating / Frame
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
240V
480V
600V
Self Protective
Instantaneous
Override
150A / DG
250A / FG
400A / JG
600A / LG
800A / MG
1200A / NG
HDR2S150L
HFS2S250L
HJS2S400
HLR2S600
HMS2S800
HNS2S120
HDR3S150L
HFS3S250L
HJS3S400
HLR3S600
HMS3S800
HNS3S120
100k
100k
100k
100k
100k
100k
65k
65k
65k
65k
65k
65k
20k
20k
25k
18k
35k
35k
2,500A
3,500A
4,400A
5,500A
6,500A
12,000A
1600A / PG
—
HPS3S160
100k
65k
35k
14,000A
3-Pole
Short-Circuit Current Rating
Catalog Number
240V
480V
600V
Self Protective
Instantaneous
Override
Maximum
Ampere
Rating / Frame
2-Pole
3-Pole
Short-Circuit Current Rating
250A / FG
LFS3S250L
200k
100k
25k
3,500A
400A / JG
600A / LG
800A / MG
1200A / NG
LJS3S400
LLR3S600
LMS3S800
100k
100k
100k
LNS3S120
200k
200k
200k
200k
100k
25k
18k
65k
65k
4,400A
5,500A
6,500A
12,000A
1600A / PG
LPS3S160
200k
100k
65k
14,000A
The
Short-Circuit Current Rating is the maximum available
current of the circuit where the switch is used, when protected by an appropriate overcurrent protective device.
17/40
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Motor Circuit Protectors
Selection
General
Protection of Motor Circuits Molded case circuit breakers are used in motor circuits as a disconnecting means and for short-circuit protection. They should be
used in conjunction with motor-running, over-current protection devices, and should permit the motor to start without nuisance tripping from motor-inrush current. The circuit breaker should have a continuous current rating of not less than 115% of the motor fullload current.
The recommended motor circuit protectors listed have continuous-current ratings of at least 115% of motor full-load currents. The
trip setting positions are approximately 11 times motor full-load current. The suggested trip settings may need to be adjusted
upward to no higher than 1300% of full-load current for non-design E type motors, and no greater than 1700% of full-load current
for design E motors, to allow for motor startup due to in-rush current.
Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter
Siemens motor circuit protectors are recommended for use in combination motor starters to provide selective short-circuit protection for the motor branch circuit. The adjustable instantaneous trip feature of the Siemens motor circuit protector provides for a trip
setting slightly above the peak motor in-rush current. With this setting, no delay is introduced in opening the circuit when a fault
occurs. This circuit breaker has no time-delay trip element. Therefore it must be used in conjunction with, and immediately ahead
of, the motor-running overcurrent protection device.
Important: The information below does not apply to all motor applications: it is recommended that the user refer to the National
Electrical Code (NEC) for specific needs.
Table 1 (When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter)
3-Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters)
Motor Full
Load Amperes
35-50
42-60
48-70
55-80
62-90
69-100
58-83
69-100
81-117
92-133
104-150
115-150b
750
900
1050
1200
1350
1500
96-139
115-150b
135-150b
135-150b
135-150b
135-150b
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
46-67
55-80
65-93
74-107
83-120
92-133
600
720
840
960
1080
1200
77-111
92-133
108-156
123-178
138-200
154-222
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
135-194
162-210
188-220
215-241
242-250b
242-250b
1750
2100
2450
2800
3150
3500
a
Trip
Setting (A)
Catalog Number a
450
540
630
HDP3L150L
720
810
900
HDP3M150L
HDP3H150L
HFM3L250L
HFM3M250L
HFM3H250L
M
otor circuit protectors rated 150A and 250A are supplied with line and load lugs
installed. If lugs are required on 400A to 1200A motor circuit breakers, order required
lugs separately.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
b
Motor Full
Load Amperes
96-139
115-167
135-194
154-222
173-250
192-278
Trip
Setting (A)
Catalog Number a
1250
1500
1750
HJM3L400
2000
2250
2500
154-222
185-267
215-311
246-356
277-400
308-400b
2000
2400
2800
3200
3600
4000
154-222
185-267
215-311
246-356
277-400
308-444
2000
2400
2800
3200
3600
4000
212-306
254-367
296-428
338-489
381-550
423-600
2750
3300
3850
4400
4950
5500
250-361
292-422
335-483
385-556
442-638
500-722
3250
3800
4350
5000
5740
6500
385-556
462-667
538-778
615-889
692-1000
769-1111
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
10,000
HJM3M400
HLM3J600
HLM3Y600
HMM3M800
HNM3M120
T
hese settings are provided for starting currents greater than 11X but not to exceed
17X. Full Load Amps ( FLA ) not to exceed ampere rating of MCP.
Product Category: MCCB
17/41
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
600 Volt DC Circuit Breakers
Selection
General
Siemens UL Listed non-interchangeable
trip DC Thermal/magnetic Molded Case
Circuit Breakers shown below are for use
in grounded & ungrounded general DC
circuits and ungrounded battery supply
circuits of UPS systems. These breakers
are rated at 600Vdc closed circuit and
feature rated interruption levels from
42,000 to 65,000 amperes as indicated in
Frame
DG
FG
JG
LG
MG
NG
PG
a
b
Type
HDGD
HFGD
HJGD
HLGD
HMGD
HNGD
HPGD
Continuous
Ampere Rating
the table. This family of circuit breakers
is rated from 50 to 1600 Amperes.
Types HDGD through HPGD circuit
breakers are provided with an adjustable
magnetic over-current function located
on the face of the circuit breaker.
Contact Siemens for specific magnetic
over-current values.
To properly use these UL Listed circuit
breakers at 600Vdc and the indicated
Catalog Number
(3-pole)a
Short-Circuit
Current Rating
600VDCb
50
HDC3B050
42K
60
HDC3B060
42K
70
HDC3B070
42K
80
HDC3B080
42K
90
HDC3B090
42K
100
HDC3B100
42K
110
HDC3B110
42K
125
HDC3B125
42K
150
HDC3B150
42K
100
HFC3B100
42K
150
HFC3B150
42K
250
HFC3B250
42K
250
HJC3B250
65K
300
HJC3B300
65K
350
HJC3B350
65K
400
HJC3B400
65K
400
HLC3B400
65K
600
HLC3B600
65K
600
HMC3B600
65K
700
HMC3B700
65K
800
HMC3B800
65K
800
HNC3B800
65K
900
HNC3B900
65K
1000
HNC3B100
65K
1200
HNC3B120
65K
1200
HPC3B120
65K
1400
HPC3B140
65K
1600
HPC3B160
65K
interruption level, it is necessary to
connect the terminals of the 3 pole
circuit breaker in a series configuration
as shown in the diagram below.
Types HDGD through HPGD use the
same internal and external accessories
as the standard DG through PG frames
and associated types. Consult the
individual frame section for accessory
information.
+
–
LOAD
T
erminal connectors must be ordered separately; see page 17/90.
S
tandard VL breakers DG - PG feature DC ratings up to 500V for ungrounded UPS
applications. Consult the individual frame section for more information.
17/42
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Selection
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Base for Plug-In or Draw-Out
Interphase Barriers
Rear Terminals – Flat and Round
Bus Extensions
Terminal Connectors
Plug-In Terminal Blades
Extended Terminal Shield
Standard Terminal Shield
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Cover Frame for Door Cutout
Stored Energy Operator
Rotary Handle Operator
Variable Depth Rotary Operator
Max Flex Operator
Circuit Breaker
Shunt Trip or Undervoltage Releases
Auxiliary/Alarm Switches
17
18
19
20
21
Thermal Magnetic Trip Unit (525)
Electronic Trip Unit (555)
Elec. Trip Unit with LCD (586)
Communication Module with ZSI
Electronic Trip Unit Tester and
LCD Power Supply
17/43
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Operating Mechanisms
Selection
For DG to FG Frame
For JG to LG Frame
150 to 250 A
400 A to 600 A
Description
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Through-Door Rotary Handle Operator Kit
Fixed depth and the handle is mounted
directly on the circuit breaker.
Lockable knob (for up to 3 padlocks).
NEMA 1, 12
RHFF
RHFL
Red Handle Version
with red knob, yellow indicator plate
NEMA 1, 12
RHFFEM
RHFLEM
Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit
Variable depth, door mounted handle.
Includes knob with masking frame,
indicator plate, detachable door coupling,
12” shaft, and breaker mounted rotary
operator. Lockable knob (for up to 3
padlocks). NEMA 1, 12
RHVF12
RHVL12
Auxiliary Switch Kits
For Direct or Extended Rotary
Handle Operators (RHF and RHV).
Form C, Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kit a
Includes 1 switch with 5’ wire For Door-Mounted Operator
—
—
RHSLA1
For Through-Door Operator
RHSFA1F
RHSLA1F
Includes 2 switches with 5’ wire For Door-Mounted Operator
—
—
RHSLA2
For Through-Door Operator
RHSFA2F
RHSLA2F
Door-Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism
Breaker mechanism only
RHVFBM
RHVLBM
Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Only
Standard versionNEMA 1, 12
NEMA 3R
NEMA 4X
Red Handle version
RHVM12H
RHVM3RH
RHVM4XH
RHVMEMH
RHVM12H
RHVM3RH
RHVM4XH
RHVMEMH
NFPA-79 Handle Kit
Intermediate handle for NFPA-79 compliance
with door-mounted rotary operator
RHVF79H
RHVM79H
Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator
2 inches (50.8mm)
3 inches (76.2mm)
12 inches (304.8 mm)
16 inches (406.4 mm)
24 inches (609.6mm) w/ support bracket
a
RHVMS02
—
RHVMS12
RHVMS16
RHVMS24
—
RHVMS02
—
RHVMS12
RHVMS16
RHVMS24
—
During manual operation, Early Break auxiliary switch contacts open before the breaker opens.
17/44
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Operating Mechanisms
Selection
For MG Frame
800 A
Description
Catalog Number
For NG to PG Frame
1200 to 1600 A
Catalog Number
Through-Door Rotary Handle Operator Kit
Fixed depth, breaker mounted.
For direct fitting to the circuit breaker.
Lockable with up to 3 padlocks.
NEMA 1, 12
RHFM
—
—
Red Handle version
with red knob, yellow indicator plate
NEMA 1, 12
—
—
—
—
—
Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Operator Kit
Variable depth, door mounted handle.
Includes knob with masking frame,
indicator plate, detachable door coupling,
12” shaft, and breaker mounted rotary
operator. Lockable knob (for up to 3
padlocks).
NEMA 1, 12
RHVM12
—
—
Auxiliary Switch Kits
For Direct or Extended Rotary
Handle Operators (RHF and RHV).
Early Break type2 Aux. Switch Kit
Includes 1 switch with 5’ wire For Door-Mounted Operator
RHSMA1
RHSPA1
For Through-Door Operator
—
—
—
Includes 2 switches with 5’ wire For Door-Mounted Operator
RHSMA2
RHSPA2
For Through-Door Operator
—
—
—
—
—
Door-Mounted Rotary Operator Mechanism
Breaker mechanism only
RHVMBM
RHVPBM
RHVP3RH
RHVP3RH
RHVP4XH
RHVPEMH
Door-Mounted Rotary Handle Only
Standard version
NEMA 1, 12
NEMA 3R
NEMA 4X
Red Handle version
RHVM12H
RHVM3RH
RHVM4XH
RHVMEMH
NFPA-79 Handle Kit
Intermediate handle for NFPA-79 compliance
with door-mounted rotary operator
RHVM79H
RHVP79H
Extension Shaft Only, for Door Mounted Operator
2 inches (50.8mm)
3 inches (76.2mm)
12 inches (304.8 mm)
16 inches (406.4 mm)
24 inches (609.6mm) w/ support bracket
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
RHVMS02
—
RHVMS12
RHVMS16
RHVMS24
—
—
RHVPS03
RHVPS12
—
RHVPS24
Product Category: MCCB
—
—
17/45
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Operating Mechanisms
Selection
Description
For DG and FG Frame
150 to 250 A
For JG and LG Frame
400 to 600 A
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit
Adjustable from 8” to 16”
Complete kit, includes handle and
variable depth operator.
NEMA 1, 3R, 12
FHVF3R
NEMA 4X
FHVF4X IEC Black Handle
NEMA 1, 3R, 12
FHVF3RB NEMA 4X
FHVF4XB
Max-Flex™, Variable Depth Flange
Mounted Operator Kit
Complete kit, includes plastic handle, breaker
operator, and cable. NEMA 1, 3R, 12
MFKF3R
For DG and FG operators, the cable is 36”,
all others are 48”
May be right- or left-hand mounted
FHVL3R
FHVL4X
FHVL3RB
FHVL4XB
MFKL3R
Handle Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth
NEMA 1, 3R, 12
Plastic
MFHM3R
MFHM3R
NEMA 1, 3R, 12
Steel - epoxy coated
MFHM3RS
MFHM3RS
NEMA 4, 4X
Steel - chrome plated
MFHM4X
MFHM4X
Solid color (all gray) Plastica
NEMA 1, 3R, 12
MFHM3RB
MFHM3RB
Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coateda
NEMA 1, 3R, 12
MFHM3RSB
MFHM3RSB
Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-Flex™
MFMF
MFML
Cable Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth
36”
48”
60”
72”
84”
96”
120”
144”
MFCF036
MFCF048
MFCF060
MFCF072
MFCF084
MFCF096
MFCF120
MFCF144
MFCM036
MFCM048
MFCM060
MFCM072
MFCM084
MFCM096
MFCM120
MFCM144
Handle Auxiliary Switch
Form C (1NO - 1NC), early breakb
1 Aux. switch
MFSFA1
MFSLA1
2 Aux. switch
MFSFA2
MFSLA2
a
b
Max-Flex™ handles are available with solid gray or black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle.
The black handle is preferred for IEC markets, where red handles have a specific meaning.
During manual operation, Early Break aux. contacts open before the breaker opens.
17/46
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Operating Mechanisms
Selection
Description
For MG Frame
800 A
For NG Frame
1200 A
For PG Frame
1600 A
Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Variable Depth Flange Mounted Operator Kit
Adjustable from 8” to 16”
Complete kit, includes handle and
variable depth operator.
NEMA 1, 3R, 12
NEMA 4X
IEC Black Handle
NEMA 1, 3R, 12
NEMA 4X
Max-Flex™, Variable Depth Flange
Mounted Operator Kit
Complete kit, includes plastic handle, breaker
operator, and cable. NEMA 1, 3R, 12
For DG and FG operators, the cable is 36”,
all others are 48”
May be right- or left-hand mounted
b
—
—
—
—
MFKM3R
MFKP3RS
MFKP3RS
MFHM3R
MFHM3RS
MFHM4X
—
MFHP3RS
MFHP4X
—
MFHP3RS
MFHP4X
MFHM3RB
—
—
MFHM3RSB
MFHP3RSB
MFHP3RSB
Breaker Operator Mechanism Only, for Max-Flex™
MFMM
MFMP
MFMP
Cable Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth
36”
48”
60”
72”
84”
96”
120”
144”
MFCM036
MFCM048
MFCM060
MFCM072
MFCM084
MFCM096
MFCM120
MFCM144
—
MFCP048
MFCP060
MFCP072
MFCP084
MFCP096
MFCP120
MFCP144
—
MFCP048
MFCP060
MFCP072
MFCP084
MFCP096
MFCP120
MFCP144
Handle Auxiliary Switch
Form C (1NO - 1NC), early breakb
1 Aux. switch
2 Aux. switch
MFSPA1
MFSPA2
Handle Only, for Max-Flex™ Variable Depth
NEMA 1, 3R, 12
Plastic
NEMA 1, 3R, 12
Steel - epoxy coated
NEMA 4, 4X
Steel - chrome plated
Solid color (all gray) Plastica
NEMA 1, 3R, 12
Solid color (black handle) Steel epoxy coateda
NEMA 1, 3R, 12
a
—
— — —
MFSPA1
MFSPA2
MFSPA1
MFSPA2
Max-Flex™ handles are available with solid gray or black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle.
The black handle is preferred for IEC markets, where red handles have a specific meaning.
During manual operation, Early Break aux. contacts open before the breaker opens.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Product Category: MCCB
17/47
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Operating Mechanisms
Selection
Description
For DG to FG Frame
150 to 250 A
Catalog Number
Stored Energy and Motor Operators
Lockable with up to 3 padlocks.
AC Voltage
—
42-48
60
110–127
220–250
DC Voltage
24
42-48
60
110–127
220–250
Stored Energy Type
SEAFB
SEAFM
SEAFY
SEAFN
SEAFR
Cylinder Locks for Field Installation
CLKF
For DG Frame
150 A
Description
Catalog Number
For FG Frame
250 A
Plug-In and Draw-Out Bases
Plug-in Mounting Base Assembly
Includes base, terminal blade kit, sec. terminal block assembly, base trip
interlock, and mounting hardware.
Rear Connected
3-pole
Front Connected
3-pole
PCBDRC3
PCBFRC3
PCBDFC3
PCBFFC3
DCADRC3
DCAFRC3
DCADFC3
DCAFFC3
Hex Wrench for racking draw-out assembly and position indicator
DCHP
DCHP
Position Indicator Switch
Form “C” switch to indicate breaker engaged/de-engaged
position.a
DCIP
DCIP
Secondary Terminal Block Assy.
Accessory connections for plug-in or draw-out breakers. Pre-wired plug
and block with 8 terminal points.b
PCTF83
PCTF83
Plug-In Spare Breaker Kit
Set of 6 terminal blades, 2 terminal shield, & 1 trip interlock
PCXD3
PCXF3
Draw-out Spare Breaker Kit
Set of 6 terminal blades, & 1 trip interlock
DCXD3
DCXF3
Spare Breaker Trip Interlock
PCXFT
PCXFT
Draw-out Assembly
Includes base, position indicator switch, socket, base trip
interlock, crank handle, connectors, and necessary shields.
Rear Connected
3-pole Front Connected
3-pole (Draw-out assembly includes side plates and all hardware)
a
b
Catalog Number
Up to 2 position indicator switches may be mounted per plug-in or draw-out base.
Up to 2 plugs per breaker (16 terminal points) may be mounted on DG, and FG breakers. Up to 3 plugs per breaker (24 terminal points) may be mounted
on JG, LG, MG, NG, and PG breakers.
17/48
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Operating Mechanisms
Selection
For JG to LG Frame
400 to 600 A
For MG Frame
800 A
For NG to PG Frame
1200 to 1600 A
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Stored Energy Type
SEALB
SEALM
SEALY
SEALN
SEALR
CLKP
Stored Energy Type
SEAMB
SEAMM
SEAMY
SEAMN
SEAMR
CLKP
Motor Operator Type
MTRPB
MTRPM
MTRPY
MTRPN
MTRPR
CLKP
For JG Frame
400 A
For LG Frame
600 A
For MG Frame
800 A
For NG Frame
1200 A
For PG Frame
1600 A
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
PCBJRC3
PCBLRC3
PCBMRC3
PCBNRC3
—
PCBJFC3
PCBLFC3
—
—
—
DCAJRC3
DCALRC3
DCAMRC3
DCANRC3
—
DCAJFC3
DCALFC3
DCAMFC3
DCANFC3
—
DCHP
DCHP
DCHP
DCHP
—
DCIP
DCIP
DCIP
DCIP
—
PCTL83
PCTL83
PCTM83
PCTN83
—
PCXJ3
PCXL3
PCXM3
DCXJ3
DCXL3
DCXM3
DCXN3
—
PCXLT
PCXLT
PCXMT
PCXPT
—
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Product Category: MCCB
PCXN3
—
17/49
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Connections
Selection
Description
For DG Frame
150 A
For FG Frame
250 A
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Front Bus Bar Connections
Includes nut keeper plates and shield.
Standard 3-Pole Set
Round Terminal
Flat Terminal
Flat Bus Bar
Standard (straight)
3-Pole Set Bus Bar Connection Strap Kit
Includes 6 - Bus Bars, 6 Nut Keepers & Shields
100% rated applications
Rear-Connecting Studs
Short length round term. (1piece)
Long length round term. (1piece)
3-Pole round term. kit, 2 short + 1 long
Short length flat term. (1piece)
Long length flat term. (1piece)
3-Pole flat term. kit, 2 short + 1 long
Flat bus bar type (1 piece)
3-Pole set of flat bus bar
FBCD3
—
—
RTLDSR
RTLDLR
SRTDR3
RTLDSF
RTLDLF
SRTDF3
—
—
FBCF3
—
—
RTLFSR
RTLFLR
SRTFR3
RTLFSF
RTLFLF
SRTFF3
—
—
Terminal Shields
Includes 2 terminal shields.
3-Pole Standard Shield
TSSF3
TSSF3
3-Pole Extended Shield
TSLF3
TSLF3
Interphase Barriers
Set of 2 barriers
Also fits plug-in and draw-out bases.
IPBF
IPBF
Lug Mounting Assy.
—
—
—
—
—
—
Breaker Mounting Base
Front connected
Rear connected
Terminal Shields
Interphase Barriers
17/50
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Connections
Selection
For JG Frame
400 A
Catalog Number For LG Frame
600 A
For MG Frame
800 A
For NG Frame
1200 A
For PG Frame
1600 A
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Catalog Number Catalog Number
FBCJ3
FBCL3
FBCM3
—
—
—
SSBP
SSBPH
SSBP
SSBPH
RTLJSR
RTLJLR
SRTJR3
RTLJSF
RTLJLF
SRTJF3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TSSL3
TSLL3
IPBM
—
—
—
—
LMAP1600b
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MBPG1600
MBPG1601
a
—
—
—
—
—
—
RTLMSF
SRTMF3
TSSL3a
TSLL3a
IPBM
—
—
—
—
—
—
RTLLSF
SRTLF3
Not for use with standard Al terminals. Use Standard
Shield for rear connection and Extended Shield for busbar connection.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
b
—
—
—
—
—
—
RTLNSF
SRTNF3
TSSM3
TSSP3
TSSP3
TSLM3
TSLP3
TSLP3
IPBM
IPBP
IPBP
Kit includes connection for one side of breaker only.
Order quantity 2 if connecting line and load side.
17/51
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Connections
Selection
Description
Nut Keeper Plates
For ring/tongue terminal or bus bar connections.
(For metric threads on other than the JG frame,
change ”TNK” to ”TMK”)
1 Nut Keeper Plate
Kit of 3
For DG Frame
150 A
For FG Frame
250 A
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
TNKD
TNKD3
TNKF
TNKF3
Mechanical Lugs
Steel Wrap Around Body (Cu Wire Only)
Cable Size; (cables per phase)
#8-1/0; 1-hole
#4-350 kcmil; 1-hole
Single Lug
TW1DG20
TW1FG350
Kit of 3
3TW1DG20
3TW1FG350
Aluminum Body (Al or Cu Wire)
Cable Size; (cables per phase)
#6-3/0; 1-hole
#4-350 kcmil; 1-hole
Single Lug
TA1DG30
TAW1FG350
Kit of 2
—
—
Kit of 3
3TA1DG30
3TAW1FG350
Cable Size; (cables per phase)
—
—
Single Lug
—
—
Kit of 2
—
—
Kit of 3
—
—
—
—
Cable Size; (cables per phase)
Single Lug
—
—
—
—
Copper Body (Cu Wire Only)
Cable Size; (cables per phase)
#6-3/0; 1-hole
#4-350 kcmil; 1-hole
TC1DG30
Single Lug
TCW1FG350
—
—
Kit of 2
Kit of 3
3TC1DG30
3TCW1FG350
Cable Size; (cables per phase)
—
—
Single Lug
—
—
Compression Lugs
#14-2/0; 1-cable
#4-350 kcmil; 1-cable
Cable Size; (cables per phase)
Kit of 2
2CLD20
—
3CLD20
3CLF350
Kit of 3
—
—
—
Cable Size; (cables per phase)
Kit of 2
Kit of 3
—
Cable Size; (cables per phase)
Kit of 3
—
—
­­Distribution Lugs (Cu Wire Only)
Cable Size; (cables per phase)
#14-#2; 3-hole
Single Lug
TA3DG02
3TA3DG02
Kit of 3
Cable Size; (cables per phase)
#14-#4; 6-hole
Single Lug
TA6DG04
3TA6DG04
Kit of 3
Note: pictures provide graphical
representaions only.
Control Wire Terminals
Control Wire Terminal (Single)
Control Wire Terminal (Kit of 3)
—
—
—
—
#14-#1; 2-hole and
#14-2/0; 1-hole
TA3FG20
3TA3FG20
#14-#4; 6-hole
TA6FG04
3TA6FG04
—
—
Required
for 100% rated breakers. Requires 90°C cable
sized at 75°C ampacity.
17/52
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Connections
Selection
For JG Frame
400 A
Catalog Number
TMKJ
TMKJ3
For LG Frame
600 A
For MG Frame
800 A
For NG Frame
1200 A
For PG Frame
1600 A
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
TNKL
TNKL3
TNKM
TNKM3
TNKP
TNKP3
TNKP
TNKP3
metric only
1/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole
TW1JG600
3TW1JG600
3/0-250 kcmil; 2-hole
TA2JG250
—
3TA2JG250
AL: 250-750 kcmil
CU: 3/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole
TA1JG750
—
3TA1JG750
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
#2-600 kcmil; 2-hole
1/0-500 kcmil, 3-hole
—
TA3MG500
—
3TA3MG500
—
3TA2LG600LDa
3TA2LG600LNb
AL: 250-750 kcmil
CU: 3/0-600 kcmil; 1-hole
TA1JG750 (400A max)
—
3TA1JG750 (400A max)
—
—
500 -750 kcmil; 2-hole
TA2MG750
—
3TA2MG750
—
—
—
1/0-500 kcmil; 4-hole
—
2TA4NG500
1/0-750 kcmil; 6-hole
—
—
3TA4NG500
3TA4NG500Hc
3TA6PG750e
500 -750 kcmil; 3-hole
—
2TA3NG750
3TA3NG750
600-750 kcmil; 4-hole
TA4P750f
—
#2-600 kcmil; 3-hole
—
—
300-600 kcmil; 5; 6-hole
TA5P600f
TA6R600f
—
—
—
3TA3MG600d (Kit of 3)
3/0-250 kcmil; 2-hole
TC2JG250
—
—
3/0-750 kcmil; 1-hole
TC1JG750
#2-600 kcmil; 2-hole
1/0-500 kcmil; 3-hole
—
TC3MG500
—
—
—
3TC2LG600LD
—

3TC2LG600LN —
—
—
—
—
—
#6-350 kcmil; 1-cable
—
3CLJ350
#6-350 kcmil; 2-cable
—
—
6CLL350 (kit of 6)
—
1/0-500 kcmil; 4-cable
—
12CLN500 (kit of 12)
—
—
—
250-750 kcmil; 1-cable
3CLL750
—
250-600 kcmil; 2-cable
6CLL600 (kit of 6)
—
250-600 kcmil; 1-cable
3CLJ600
—
250-750 kcmil; 1-cable
3CLJG750
—
­­
#14-#4; 12-hole
—
TA12JG04
—
3TA12JG04
—
#14-2/0; 6-hole
—
TA6JG20
—
3TA6JG20
—
TA2JG250PT
—
—
3TA2LG600LNPT
All lug kits include the nut keepers.
a Mounted on Load Side Only.
b Mounted on Line Side Only.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
—
—
—
1/0-500 kcmil; 4-hole
—
—
3TC4NG500
—
300-600 kcmil; 5-hole
TC5R600f
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
TA3MG500PT
—
—
3TA4NG500PT
Required for 100% rated breakers. Requires 90°C cable
sized at 75°C ampacity.
d Requires extended modified shield.
c
Product Category: MCCB
e
f
—
—
Used only with LMAP1600 mounting base.
Used only with MBPG1600 or MBPG1601 mounting
base.
17/53
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
General
Selection
Description
Handle Padlocking
Device
Walking-Beam
Interlock Mechanism
Cable Interlock
System
17/54
For DG Frame
150 A
For FG Frame
250 A
Catalog Number Catalog Number
Handle Padlocking Device
To padlock breaker toggle in the “OFF” position. Accepts up
to 3 padlocks with 5–8 mm shackles.
HPLF
HPLF
Handle Blocking Device
For holding the handle in the “ON” position. Not a
lockout/tagout device.
HBDF
HBDF
Walking-Beam Interlock Mechanism
Provides mechanical interlocking between two adjacent
circuit breakers.
Fixed mounted breakers
Note: Both breakers must be of the same frame size.
Cable Interlock Mechanism
Provides mechanical interlocking between 2 circuit-breakers includes operator mechanism for one circuit breaker only.
Combination with the next larger or smaller frame size is possible.
Interlock Cable
Cable only, to connect 2 circuit breakers.
Cable length 18 in. .46m (recommended up to 250A)
Cable length 36 in. .91m (recommended from 400–800A)
Cable length 54 in. 1.37m (recommended from 1200–1600A)
WBMFFM
WBMFFM
CBTF
CBTF
CBCF18
CBCM36
CBCP54
CBCF18
CBCM36
CBCP54
Mounting Screw Kit
Includes the necessary hardware to mount a circuit breaker to the
user’s prepared surface
Kit with 2 screws (SAE thread)
Kit with 4 screws (SAE thread)
MSKF2
MSKF4
MSKF2
MSKF4
Trip Adjustment Sealing Cover
Includes a trip unit cover to prevent tampering or adjustment
of trip settings. Seal not included.
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Units
TSCFTM
TSCFTM
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
General
Selection
For JG Frame
400 A
Catalog Number
For LG Frame
600 A
For MG Frame
800 A
Catalog Number
For NG Frame
1200 A
Catalog Number
For PG Frame
1600 A
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
HPLL
HPLL
HPLM
HPLP
HPLP
HBDL
HBDL
HBDM
HBDP
HBDP
WBMLFM
WBMLFM
WBMMFM
WBMPFM
WBMPFM
CBTL
—
CBCM36
CBCP54
—
MSKL4
TSCLTM
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
CBTL
—
CBCM36
CBCP54
—
MSKL4
TSCLTM
CBTM
—
CBCM36
CBCP54
—
MSKM4
TSCMTM
CBTP
—
—
CBCP54
—
MSKP4
—
Product Category: MCCB
CBTP
—
—
CBCP54
—
MSKP4
—
17/55
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Ground Sensors & Electronic Accessories
Selection
Description
Neutral Current Transformer (Ground Sensor, N-pole)
Neutral = 35/60A
Neutral = 100A
Neutral = 150A
Neutral = 250A
Neutral = 400A
Neutral = 600A
Neutral = 800A
Neutral = 1000/1200A
Neutral = 1600A
For DG Frame
150 A
For FG Frame
250 A
Catalog Number Catalog Number
NGSD060
NGSF100
NGSF150
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NGSF100
NGSF150
NGSJ250
—
—
—
—
—
Communications & Electronics
Spare Flat
Cable
Power Stick
Com20 Profibus
& Com21 Modbus
Communications
Module
Power Stick - Hand held, battery operated power supply
for LCD trip units. (Requires two 9V batteries.) Trip testing for both 555 & 586 trip units.
EPSP18V
EPSP18V
Spare flat cable for Power Stick.
COMPCA
COMPCA
COM20 Profibus Communications Module with ZSI for
electronic trip units (order cable separately)
COMPRO20
COMPRO20
COM21 Modbus Communications Module with ZSI for
electronic trip units (order cable separately)
COMMOD21
COMMOD21
Cable for COM20/21, 1.5 m (4.9 ft)
COMKIT3
COMKIT3
Cable for COM20/21, 3.0 m (9.8 ft)
COMKIT6
COMKIT6
Addressing Plug - assigns a field bus address without a
PC by plugging into COM20/21
3UF79100AA000
3UF79100AA000
Door Cutouts & Extensions
Cover Frame for
Door Cutout
Cover Frame for Door Cutout
For fixed or plug-in mounted circuit breakers. (IP30)
2-Pole & 3-Pole BZLF3
BZLF3
For breakers with stored energy operator. (IP40)
BZLFRHSE
BZLFRHSE
(not for use with rotary handle or stored energy operator)
BZLFBDC
BZLFBDC
Toggle Handle Extension
For spare or replacement. (One is included with each
NG - PG frame.)
—
Circuit-breaker draw-out mounted and toggle handle operated.
Kit includes cover frame (bezel) and escutcheon as needed. (IP40)
—
Toggle Handle
Extension
17/56
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Ground Sensors & Electronic Accessories
Selection
For JG Frame
400 A
Catalog Number
—
—
—
NGSJ250
NGSL400
—
—
—
—
For LG Frame
600 A
For MG Frame
800 A
For NG Frame
1200 A
For PG Frame
1600 A
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
—
—
—
—
NGSL400
NGSM600
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NGSM600
NGSN800
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NGSN800
NGSP120
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NGSP120
NGSP160
EPSP18V
EPSP18V
EPSP18V
EPSP18V
EPSP18V
COMPCA
COMPCA
COMPCA
COMPCA
COMPCA
COMPRO20
COMPRO20
COMPRO20
COMPRO20
COMPRO20
COMMOD21
COMMOD21
COMMOD21
COMMOD21
COMMOD21
COMKIT4
COMKIT4
COMKIT5
COMKIT5
COMKIT5
COMKIT7
COMKIT7
COMKIT8
COMKIT8
COMKIT8
3UF79100AA000
3UF79100AA000
3UF79100AA000
3UF79100AA000
3UF79100AA000
BZLL3
BZLL3
BZLM3
BZLP3
BZLP3
BZLLRHSE
BZLLRHSE
BZLMRHSE
BZLPRHSE
BZLPRHSE
BZLLBDC
BZLLBDC
BZLMBDC
BZLPBDC
BZLPBDC
THEL
THEL
THEM
THEP
THEP
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Product Category: MCCB
17/57
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Accessory Locations
Selection
Locations of Internally Mounted Accessories
Frame Family
Left Pocket
Right Pocket
Up to 3 Auxiliary Switches
DG*, FG*, JG, LG
150 to 600A
Up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Swich
Up to 4 Auxiliary Switches
MG, NG, PG
800 to 1600A
Up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 2 Alarm Swiches
Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 3 Auxiliary Switches
or up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Switch
Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 3 Auxiliary Switches
or up to 2 Auxiliary Switches + 1 Alarm Switch
Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 4 Auxiliary Switches
Shunt Trip or UVR or up to 4 Auxiliary Switches
* Except DG and FG breakers with Electronic Trip Units. Due to the location of the Magnetic Latch, the Left Pocket is not available for accessories.
Accessory Information
b Aux. Switch is an Auxiliary Switch, 1A
or 1B contact
Switch has 1A or 1B contact
Alarm
b
is
an Undervoltage Release
UVR
b
bThe standard location for factory
mounted Auxiliary and Alarm Switches
is the Left Pocket
Accessory Maximums
DG, FG, JG, LG Maximum Accessories:
b Maximum of six (6) switches total
bDG, FG Maximum of two (2) Alarm
Switches, one each in the Left and
Right Pockets. JG, LG Max. of 1 Alarm,
Left only
MG, NG, PG Maximum Accessories:
bMaximum of eight (8) switches total
bMaximum of two (2) Alarm Switches,
Left Pocket only
For applications using COMMOD20 and COMMOD21 for
communication using Modbus or Profibus
DG, FG
MG, NG, PG
COMKIT3 & COMKIT6 provide auxiliary
contact kit. May add only one or two
contact blocks for Alarm or Auxiliary
function.
COMKIT5 & COMKIT8 provide auxiliary
contact kit mounted in Left pole pocket.
Two contact blocks can be added for
Auxiliary function and one for Alarm
function. Right pole pocket available for
other release or an additional Auxiliary
Contact kit.
JG, LG
COMKIT4 & COMKIT7 provide auxiliary
contact kit mounted in left pole pocket.
One contact block can be added for
Auxiliary function. Right pole pocket
available for other release or an additional Auxiliary contact kit.
17/58
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Selection
Then add If the frame is:
And you need these functions:
this suffix:
1 Alarm Switch
DG, FG, JG or LG
1 NO Alarm
A1
1 NC Alarm
Device
Catalog Number
ASKL1
DG, FG, JG or LG
2 Aux. Switches
A2
1 NO + 1 NC Aux. Contacts
ASKL2
DG, FG, JG or LG
2 Aux. + 1 Alarm Switches
1NO + 1NC Aux. and 1NC Alarm
A3
2NO Aux. and 1NC Alarm
ASKL3
MG, NG or PG
2 Aux. + 2 Alarm Switches
1NO + 1NC Aux. and 1NO + 1NC Alarm
A3
2NO Aux. and 2NC Alarm
2NC Aux. and 2NO Alarm
ASKP3
MG, NG or PG
4 Aux. Switches
A4
2NO + 2NC Aux.
ASKP4
Suffix for factory mounted Shunt Trips
If the frame is:
And you need these functions:
24V DC
48-60V DC
110-127V DC
220-250V DC
DG, FG, JG or LG
48-60V AC
110-127V AC
208-277V AC
380-600V AC
Then add this suffix:
RB
RC
RD
RE
RM
RN
RS
RV
Device
Catalog Number
STRLB24DC
STRLC60DC
STRLD125DC
STRLE250DC
STRLM60
STRLN120
STRLS277
STRLV600
RB
RC
RD
RE
RM
RN
RS
RV
STRPB24DC
STRPC60DC
STRPD125DC
STRPE250DC
STRPM60
STRPN120
STRPS277
STRPV600
If the frame is:
And you need these functions:
12V DC
24V DC
48V DC
60V DC
110-127V DC
220-250V DC
DG, FG, JG or LG
24V AC
110-127V AC
220-240V AC
208V AC
277V AC
380-415V AC
440-480V AC
Then add this suffix:
UA
UB
UC
UG
UD
UE
UL
UN
UR
UP
US
UT
UU
Device
Catalog Number
UVRLA12DC
UVRLB24DC
UVRLC48DC
UVRLG60DC
UVRLD125DC
UVRLE250DC
UVRLL24
UVRLN120
UVRLR240
UVRLP208
UVRLS277
UVRLT415
UVRLU480
MG, NG or PG
UA
UB
UC
UG
UD
UE
UN
UR
UP
US
UT
UU
UVRPA12DC
UVRPB24DC
UVRPC48DC
UVRPG60DC
UVRPD125DC
UVRPE250DC
UVRPN120
UVRPR240
UVRPP208
UVRPS277
UVRPT415
UVRPU480
MG, NG or PG
24V DC
48-60V DC
110-127V DC
220-250V DC
48-60V AC
110-127V AC
208-277V AC
380-600V AC
Suffix for factory mounted Undervoltage Releases
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
12V DC
24V DC
48V DC
60V DC
110-127V DC
220-250V DC
110-127V AC
220-240V AC
208V AC
277V AC
380-415V AC
440-480V AC
17/59
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Technical Data
Selection
DG
FG
JG
LG
MG
NG
PG
150
250
400
600
800
1200
1600
600
690
600
690
600
690
600
690
600
690
600
690
600
690
8
4
-25 to +75
93%
86%
80%
20,000
120
8
4
-25 to +75
93%
86%
80%
20,000
120
8
4
-25 to +75
93%
86%
80%
20,000
120
8
4
-25 to +75
93%
86%
80%
10,000
60
8
4
-25 to +75
95%
86%
80%
5,000
60
8
4
-25 to +75
95%
86%
80%
3,000
30
8
4 -25 to +75
95%
80%
74%
3,000
30
15 – 48
40
32 – 80
60
60 – 175
90
85 – 230
160
170 – 250
250
150 – 220 200 – 260
210
260
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
30
30
30
30
42
42
42
18
25
35
35
65
65
65
10
5
10
5
10
5
10
5
10
5
10
5
10
5 V
0.7 – 1.1
0.7 – 1.1
0.7 – 1.1
0.7 – 1.1
0.7 – 1.1
0.7 – 1.1
0.7 – 1.1
VA
VA
VA
VA
W
W
W
W
ms
401 – 501
424 – 489
533 – 736
408 – 645
594
740 – 925
559 – 648
722 – 820
50
401 – 501
424 – 489
533 – 736
408 – 645
594
740 – 925
559 – 648
722 – 820
50
401 – 501
424 – 489
533 – 736
408 – 645
594
740 – 925
559 – 648
722 – 820
50
401 – 501
424 – 489
533 – 736
408 – 645
594
740 – 925
559 – 648
722 – 820
50
401 – 501
424 – 489
533 – 736
408 – 645
594
740 – 925
559 – 648
722 – 820
50
401 – 501
424 – 489
533 – 736
408 – 645
594
740 – 925
559 – 648
722 – 820
50
401 – 501
424 – 489
533 – 736
408 – 645
594
740 – 925
559 – 648
722 – 820
50
Max rated continuous current
Rated operational voltage
NEMA V AC
IEC
V AC
Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage
Main conducting paths
kV
Auxiliary circuits
kV
Ambient Temperature Range
ºC
High Ambient Derating (thermal-mag.) 50ºC
60ºC
70ºC
Operating Cycles
Max switching rate (per hour)
Power loss (at max. rated current)
Thermal-magnetic
W
Electronic trip unit
W
IEC 1
Time constant t = 10 ms
1 current path 2 current paths 3 current paths
in series in series
Up to 250V DC 440V DC 600V DC
NEMA
Time constant t = 8 ms
2 poles switching 1 current path
250V DC Max. 2 3 poles switching 2 current paths in series
500V DC Max. 2 Accessories
Auxiliary/ Alarm Switch
Current rating (1 or 2 switches)
Current rating (3 or 4 same switch) A
Shunt Trip
Pick-up voltage
Power Consumption (short-time) at:
48 – 60 V AC
110 – 127 V AC
208 – 277 V AC
380 – 600 V AC
24 V DC
48 – 60 V DC
110 –127 V DC
220 – 250 V DC
Max. Operating time
1
2
Consult Siemens for short circuit values.
Review individual frame and type values.
17/60
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Technical Data
Selection
DG
Undervoltage Trip
Drop voltage (percentage)
Pick-up voltage (percentage)
Power consumption (continuous) at:
110 – 127 V AC 220 – 250 V AC 208 V AC
277 V AC
380 – 415 V AC 440 – 480 V AC 500 – 525 V AC 600 V AC
Max. opening time
V
V
35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70% 35% – 70%
70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85% 70% – 85%
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
VA
ms
1
2.1
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
50
Motorized Operating Mechanism
Motor with stored energy mechanism
(synchronizable) Motor Operator Max. switching rate (per hour)
Command duration
Closing time
Charging time Break time
Power consumption
Inrush (A)
Control Voltages 110 – 127 V AC
220 – 250 V AC
24 V DC
48 V DC
60 V DC
ms
ms
s
s
VA/W
X
120
20 – 50
<100
<5
<5
<500
FG
JG
LG
MG
NG
PG
1
2.1
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
50
1
2.1
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
50
1
2.1
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
50
1.1
2.1
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
50
1.1
2.1
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
50
1.1
2.1
1.2
1.4
1.9
2.2
2.5
2.8
50
X
120
20 – 50
<100
<5
<5
X
120
20 – 50
<100
<5
<5
X
60
20 – 50
<100
<5
<5
X
60
20 – 50
<100
<5
<5
X
30
—
<5,000
<5
<5
X
30
—
<5,000
<5
<5
Operating Range 85 – 110% of rated control voltage
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
17/61
VL Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Unusual Operating Conditions
Reference
Note: The information provided on
this and the next page is intended for
reference and recommendation only.
Because several variables can act on
a circuit breaker’s performance at the
same time, the data below is based less
on controlled testing, than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact
Siemens for further information on
special conditions and treatment.
High Ambient Temperatures
Because thermal-magnetic trip breakers
are temperature sensitive and calibrated
for a specific ambient of 40° C (104°
F) (average enclosure temperature), a
higher ambient will cause the breaker
to trip at lower current than its nameplate rating, in other words, causing
the breaker to “derate” (see Table 1).
Similarly, the current carrying capacity
of a circuit conductor is based upon a
certain ambient temperature, a higher
ambient will reduce its current carrying
capacity, causing it to “derate.” Thus,
with a fluctuating temperature, a thermal-magnetic breaker will derate nearly
parallel with its connected circuit conductors and maintain close circuit protection. If the application temperature
exceeds 40° C (104° F) and is known,
either a breaker specially calibrated for
the higher ambient or one oversized
according to Table 1 may be selected.
In a case such as this, the circuit conductors should be oversized as well.
Table 1 – Temperature derating data for thermal-magnetic breakers
Reference Ampere
Rating at
40° C (104° F)
50
60
70
90
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
500
600
700
800
Ampere Rating at:
25° C
(77° F)
50°C
(122° F)
60° C
(140° F)
55
66
77
99
110
137
165
192
220
247
275
330
385
440
550
660
770
880
46
56
65
84
94
114
136
159
182
205
235
276
325
372
468
564
658
754
42
52
60
78
87
100
120
140
160
180
220
252
301
340
435
525
613
704
900
990
828
749­­
1000
1200
1400
1100
1320
1540
900
1090
1304
825
1000
1148
1600
1760
1500
1320
Siemens Breaker Frames
DG
FG
JG
LG
MG
NG
PG
Siemens Electronic Trip Unit Breakers
are insensitive to temperature changes.
However, they do include circuitry to
protect the components from abnormally high temperatures.
Altitude
Reduced air density at altitudes greater
than 6600 ft. (2000 meters) affects the
ability of a molded case circuit breaker
to transfer heat and interrupt faults.
Therefore, circuit breakers applied at
these altitudes should have interrupting, insulation and continuous currents
derated as indicated in Figure 1.
Figure 1 – Altitude adjustment
17/62
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
• Revised •
07/20/14
ED 125A Frame, Sentron Series
Selection
Ordering Instructions
All ED Frame Sentron circuit breakers are supplied with load side lugs. If line side lugs are required, add ”L” suffix to catalog number.
Consult Siemens sales office for any addditional charge
50°C Calibration, 400HZ - see page 17/104. All ED frame circuit breakers may be reverse connected
Type ED2e
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40° C
015
020
25
030
35
040
45
050
060
070
80
90
100
Blue Label
1-Pole
2-Pole
120V AC
240V AC
125V DC
Catalog Number
ED21B015dn
ED21B020dn
ED21B025n
ED21B030n
ED21B035n
ED21B040n
ED21B045n
ED21B050n
ED21B060n
ED21B070n
ED21B080n
ED21B090n
ED21B100n
125V DC
250V DC
Catalog Number
ED22B015
ED22B020
ED22B025n
ED22B030
ED22B035n
ED22B040
ED22B045n
ED22B050
ED22B060
ED22B070
ED22B080n
ED22B090n
ED22B100
Type ED4e
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40° C
015
020
025
030
035
040
045
050
060
070
080
090
100
110
125
125V DC
Catalog Number
ED41B015d
ED41B020d
ED41B025
ED41B030
ED41B035n
ED41B040
ED41B045n
ED41B050
ED41B060
ED41B070
ED41B080n
ED41B090n
ED41B100
—
—
2-Pole
480V AC
Number of
Poles
240V AC
ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6
Catalog Number
ED23B015
ED23B020
ED23B025n
ED23B030
ED23B035n
ED23B040
ED23B045n
ED23B050
ED23B060
ED23B070
ED23B080
ED23B090n
ED23B100
3-Pole
250V DC
Catalog Number
—
ED42B020
ED42B025
ED42B030
ED42B035n
ED42B040
ED42B045n
ED42B050
ED42B060
ED42B070
ED42B080n
ED42B090n
ED42B100
ED42B110n
ED42B125
Type ED6e
480V AC
Catalog Number
ED43B015
ED43B020
ED43B025
ED43B030
ED43B035
ED43B040
ED43B045
ED43B050
ED43B060
ED43B070
ED43B080
ED43B090
ED43B100
ED43B110
ED43B125
Blue Label
347V AC
2-Pole
600V AC
Catalog Number
ED61B015
ED61B020
ED61B025
ED61B030
ED61B035
ED61B040
ED61B045n
ED61B050
ED61B060
ED61B070n
ED61B080
ED61B090
ED61B100n
—
—
Catalog Number
—
ED62B020
ED62B025n
ED62B030
ED62B035n
ED62B040n
ED62B045n
ED62B050n
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1-Pole
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40° C
015
020
025
030
035
040
045
050
060
070
080
090
100
110
125
3-Pole
Blue Label
1-Pole
120V AC
277V AC
Note: ED frame circuit breakers qualified to UL 489
Supplement SB “Naval”— See page 17/104 for
additional information
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a CSA Certified only (Not UL)
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
250V DC
Shipping Weights
3-Pole
600V AC
500V DC
Catalog Number
ED63B015
ED63B020
ED63B025
ED63B030
ED63B035
ED63B040
ED63B045
ED63B050
ED63B060
ED63B070
ED63B080
ED63B090
ED63B100
ED63B110
ED63B125
CED types and all 110–125 ampere ED frames.
Note: A, page 17/101.
rated.
e HACR rated.
 Not for use with HHED6 breakers.
1
2
3
Number per
Carton
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
30
10
10
38
25
38
5
5
20
30
CED6
2
3
Lugs
Ampere
Rating
No. of
Poles
Catalog
Number
Aluminum Body Lugs
Line/Load
All 15–25A
1, 2, 3
SA1E025
Line Side
All 30–100A
1, 2, 3
LN1E100
ED2, 4, CED6
Load Side
1
30–60A
LD1E060
ED2, 4, CED6
Load Side
1
70–100A
LD1E100
ED2, 4,
Load Side
HED4, HHED6 2, 3
LN1E100
30–100A
ED6
Line Side
2, 3
20-50A
LN1E100
Line/Load
All 110, 125A 2, 3
TA1E6125
Copper Body Lugs
Line/Load
All 30–125A
1, 2, 3
TC1ED6150c
Compression Lugs
CCE125
All ED, HHED, CED
Wire
Range
#14–#10 Cu
#12–#10 Al
#10–1/0 Cu/Al
#10–#4 Cu/Al
#6–#1/0 Cu/Al
#10–1/0 Cu/Al
#10–1/0 Cu/Al
#3–3/0 Cu
#1–2/0 Al
#10–1/0 Cu
only
2/0
Enclosures (Neutral Included)
Type
1 (Surface)
1 (Flush)
3R
4–4X
7–9
7–9
12
1 (Surface)
1 (Flush)
3R
12
Catalog Number
E2N1S (15–100A)
E2N1F (15–100A)
E2N3R (15–100A)
ED6SS4 (15–100A)
EA (15–60A)
EB (70–100A)
E2N12 (15–100A)
CED6N1S b
CED6N1F b
CED6N3R b
CED6N12 b
b For
c See
d SWD
Modifications page 17/104
Accessories pages 17/65 and 17/108 to 17/113
17/63
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
ED 125A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions
Type HED4f
�
�
�
Catalog Number
HED43B015
HED43B020
HED43B025
HED43B030
HED43B035
HED43B040
HED43B045
HED43B050
HED43B060
HED43B070
HED43B080
HED43B090
HED43B100
HED43B110
HED43B125
D
�
D1
H
�
�
� �
W1
�
�
W3
W2
1-POLE
2-POLE
3-POLE
�
FIGURE 2 - CED (3-Pole shown)
D
�
�
Catalog Number
HED42B015
HED42B020
HED42B025n
HED42B030
HED42B035n
HED42B040
HED42B045n
HED42B050
HED42B060n
HED42B070n
HED42B080n
HED42B090n
HED42B100n
HED42B110n
HED42B125n
480V AC
�
Catalog Number
HED41B015a
HED41B020a
HED41B025
HED41B030
HED41B035n
HED41B040
HED41B045n
HED41B050n
HED41B060n
HED41B070n
HED41B080n
HED41B090n
HED41B100n
—
—
3-Pole
250V DC
480V AC
�
2-Pole
125V DC
�
1-Pole
277V AC
FIGURE1 - ED, HED, HHED
�
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40° C
015
020
25
030
35
040
45
050
060
070
80
90
100
110
125
Black Label
Fuseless Current Limiting
Continuous
Current
Rating
@ 40° C
Red Label
3-Pole
2-Pole
3-Pole
600V AC
600V AC,
250V DC
600V AC,
500V DC b
Catalog Number g
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
CED62B015
CED62B020n
—
CED62B030n
—
CED62B040n
—
CED62B050n
CED62B060n
CED62B070n
CED62B080n
CED62B090n
CED62B100n
—
CED62B125n
CED63B015
CED63B020
—
CED63B030
—
CED63B040
—
CED63B050
CED63B060
CED63B070
CED63B080
CED63B090
CED63B100
CED63B110n
CED63B125
HHED63B015A
HHED63B020
HHED63B025
HHED63B030
HHED63B035
HHED63B040
HHED63B045
HHED63B050
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
015
020
025
030
035
040
045
050
060
070
080
090
100
110
125
H
Type CED6f
�
Type HHED6f Black Label
D1
�
�
W2, W3
Dimensions (in inches)
Breaker Type
W2
W3 H
Figure 1
ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, 1
ED6 ETI d
W1
D
D1
2
3
6.35 3.92 4.56
Figure 1
HHED6
—
2
3
6.53 3.92 4.56
Figure 2
CED6, CED6 ETI d
—
2
3
9.58 3.92 4.56
Interrupting Ratings
UL 489 AIR (File #E10848)
IEC 947-2
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
Volts AC (50/60Hz)
Volts AC
Volts DC
220/240
lcu
lcs
lcu
120
240
277
347
480
600
125
250
500 b
010
—
—
—
—
—
05
—
—
—
—
—
—
010
—
—
—
—
—
05 (2-P)
—
—
—
—
065
—
22
—
—
—
30
—
—
—
—
—
—
065
—
—
18
—
—
30 (2-P)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
30 e
—
065
—
—
25
18
—
18 (3-P)
65
17
35
Breaker
Type
ED2 (1-P)
ED2 (2, 3-P)
ED4 (1-P)
ED4 (2, 3-P)
ED6 (1P)
ED6 (2, 3-P)
HED4 (1-P)
(15–30A)
100
HED4 (1-P)
(35–100A)
100
HED4 (2, 3-P) c
—
HHED6 (2, 3-P) c
CED6 (2, 3-P)
—
—
65
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a SWD
rated.
bWhen wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS
systems.
17/64
—
—
25
—
100
100
—
—
200
—
—
—
—
30
—
—
30
42
0 650
18 g
—
200
100
—
—
380/415
lcs
lcu
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9
18
500
lcs
—
—
—
—
—
5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
30 (2-P)
—
—
50 (2-P)
30 (3-P)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
c HED4
eSingle
dED6-ETI,
and HHED6 type circuit breakers meet the UL
criteria for “current limiting” at 240V AC.
CED6-ETI, see page 17/91 for ordering
information.
f HACR
Product Category: MCCB
Pole 15-30A 30KA @ 347V non-UL.
35-100A 18KA @ 347V non-UL.
rated.
g HHED63B015A is rated 18KAIC at 600/347V.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Accessories
Selection
Accessories for:
Shunt Trip Combinations
ED 125A Frame
1 Shunt Trip
Control
1 Shunt Trip and 1 Auxiliary Switch 1 Shunt Trip and
Voltage
1 Shunt Trip
1 Auxiliary Switch and 1 Alarm Switch 1 Alarm Switch
Combinations
Available only when ordered together.
Only one module can be added to a
breaker. Additional accessories, which
always attach to the left pole, cannot be
added to the combination later. Adds 1
inch pole space.
Equipment
Ground Sensing
A field addable kit containing 30mA or
5 mA ground fault accessory module,
current transformer with 24 inch leads,
and current transformer mounting
equipment. Current transformer to
mount in gutter of lighting panel or
any control panel. Accessory module
operates from separate 120V control
power source.
Both 30MA and 5MA devices are
equipment protection devices only.
Do not use for personnel protection.
1 Shunt Trip and 2
Auxiliary Switches
AC DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
024
048
120
208
240
277
480
S17ED60
S18ED60
S01ED60
—
S03ED60
S15ED60s
S04ED60
—
—
S01ED62A
S02ED62As
S03ED62A
S15ED64As
S04ED64As
—
—
S01ED62AB
S02ED62ABs
S03ED62AB
S15ED64ABs
S04ED64ABs
—
—
S01ED62B
S02ED62Bs
S03ED62Bs
S15ED64Bs
S04ED64Bs
—
—
S01ED62AA
S02ED62AAs
S03ED62AAs
—
—
S16ED60s
S07ED60
S09ED60s
S11ED60s
S13ED60s
S16ED62As
S07ED62A
S09ED62As
S11ED62As
S13ED62As
—
S07ED62ABs
S09ED62ABs
S11ED62ABs
S13ED62ABs
—
S07ED62Bs
S09ED62Bs
S11ED62Bs
S13ED62Bs
—
S07ED62AAs
S09ED62AAs
S11ED62AAs
S13ED62AAs
012
024
048
125
250
Undervoltage Trip Combinations
1 Undervoltage
Control
1 Undervoltage
Trip and
Voltage
Trip
1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Undervoltage Trip
and 1 Auxiliary
1 Undervoltage
Switch and
Trip and
1 Alarm Switch
1 Alarm Switch
1 Undervoltage
Trip and 2
Auxiliary Switches
AC DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
120
208
240
277
480
600
U01ED60
U02ED60s
U03ED60
U16ED60s
U06ED60s
U08ED60s
U01ED62A
U02ED62As
U03ED62As
U16ED64As
U06ED64As
—
U01ED62ABs
U02ED62ABs
U03ED62ABs
U16ED64ABs
U06ED64ABs
—
U01ED62Bs
U02ED62Bs
U03ED62Bs
U16ED64Bs
U06ED64Bs
—
U01ED62AAs
U02ED62AAs
U03ED62AAs
—
—
—
U13ED60
U14ED60s
U10ED60s
U12ED60s
U13ED62As
U14ED62As
U10ED62As
U12ED62As
U13ED62ABs
U14ED62ABs
U10ED62ABs
—
U13ED62Bs
U14ED62Bs
U10ED62Bs
—
U13ED62AAs
U14ED62AAs
U10ED62AAs
U12ED62AAs
024
048
125
250
Auxiliary Switch Combinations
Maximum
Voltage
1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
1 Alarm Switch and
2 Auxiliary Switches
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
240 250
A01ED62
A01ED62B
A02ED62
A02ED62B
480
A01ED64
A01ED64B
—
—
Maximum
Voltage
1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
DC
1 Alarm Switch and
1 Auxiliary Switch
2 Auxiliary Switches
DC
12
Catalog Number
A01EDLV
Gold Plated Contacts—for PLC use
Alarm Switch Only
Maximum
Voltage
1 Alarm Switch
AC
DC
Catalog Number
240 250
B00ED62
480
B00ED64
Ground Fault Sensing Relay Kit — Equipment Protection Only
For Use With
Breaker Frame
Number of Poles
Description
CED6, ED2, ED4
ED6, EFC, EFF,
1, 2, 3
HED4,
HHED6
Basic Kit
Basic Kit with Normally
Open Bell Alarm
Basic Kit with Normally
Closed Bell Alarm
Catalog Number
30mA
5mA
GF01ED60
GF01ED65
GF01ED60B0
GF01ED65B0s
GF01ED60BC
GF01ED65BCs
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Product Category: MCCB
17/65
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
• Revised •
07/20/14
Accessories
Selection
Ordering Information
Blue Label
Type FXD6-A ag
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker – Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
2-Pole
3-Pole
Catalog Number
FXD62B070n
FXD62B080n
FXD62B090n
FXD62B100
FXD62B110n
FXD62B125
FXD62B150
FXD62B175
FXD62B200
FXD62B225
FXD62B250
Catalog Number
FXD63B070
FXD63B080
FXD63B090
FXD63B100
FXD63B110
FXD63B125
FXD63B150
FXD63B175
FXD63B200
FXD63B225
FXD63B250
Complete Breaker Unassembled
with Lugs
Prices of FD6, HFD6, and HHFD6
breakers includes frame, trip and
both line and load lugs (TA1FD350A).
When ordered by these catalog
numbers, the customer will receive
the frame, trip, and lugs separately
packaged. For applications requiring
different lugs, order individual items
as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs
Prices of FXD6, HFXD6, HHFXD6,
and CFD6 includes frame with
non-interchangeable trip unit
installed only. Order required lugs
separately. For line and load lugs
(TA1FD350A) installed, add suffix
“L” to catalog number (add 2 times
list price of lugs for each pole).
50°C Applications see page 7-91.
400 Hz Applications see page 7-91.
Blue Label
Type FD6-Ag
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
FD62F250
FD62T070n
FD62T080n
FD62T090n
FD62T100n
FD62T110n
FD62T125n
FD62T150
FD62T175n
FD62T200
FD62T225n
FD62T250n
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
3-Pole 600V
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
DC b
FD62B070n
FD62B080n
FD62B090n
FD62B100n
FD62B110n
FD62B125n
FD62B150
FD62B175n
FD62B200
FD62B225n
FD62B250n
AC, 500V DC c
FD63B070n
FD63B080n
FD63B090n
FD63B100
FD63B110n
FD63B125
FD63B150
FD63B175
FD63B200
FD63B225
FD63B250
Lugs For 75°C Wire e
Catalog
Number
#6—350 kcmil Cu
TA1FD350A
#4—350 kcmil Al
TC1FD350
#6—350 kcmil Cu
Compression Lug
FD63T070n
FD63T080n
FD63T090n
FD63T100
FD63T110n
FD63T125
FD63T150
FD63T175
FD63T200
FD63T225
FD63T250
FD63F250
CCF250
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489 AIR (File E10848)
Volts AC (50/60Hz)
Volts DC
240
480
600
250
500 c
Breaker
Type
FXD6-A, FD6-A
65
35
22
30 (2-P) 18 (3-P)
HFXD6 f, HFD6 f
100
65
25
30 (2-P) 25 (3-P)
HHFD6 f, HHFXD6 f
200
100
25
—
—
CFD6
200
200
100
30 (2-P) 50 (3-P)
IEC 947-2
Volts AC (50/60Hz)
220/240 380/415
lcu lcs lcu lcs
65 33 35 9
100 50 65 33
— — —
—
— — —
—
500
lcu
—
—
—
—
lcs
—
—
—
—
Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
Nominal Instantaneous Values
+20%
Breaker Ampere Tolerance
Rating
Low
2
3
4
5
6
7
170-90
100-110
125-150
175-200
225-250
600
700
800
900
1100
640
770
900
1060
1300
690
840
1000
1210
1500
730
920
1100
1370
1700
770
990
1200
1520
1900
810
1060
1300
1780
2100
850
1140
1400
1930
2300
Note: FD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB “NAVAL”.
See page 7-91 for additional information.
17/66
Product Category: MCCB
350 kcmil Cu/Al
Enclosures
Interrupting Ratings
Wire
Range
Type
Catalog
Number
1
3R
4-4X
7-9
12
Neutral d
F6N1S(F)
F6N3R
FD6SS4
EC2
F6N12
N250
Modifications page 7-91
Enclosures Section 6
Accessories pages 7-50 and 7-95 to 7-100
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
+20%
Tolerance
High
900
1200
1500
2000
2500
a Type
FXD6-A circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse
fed applications.
units are 3-pole width.
c When wired as shown on page 7-4, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS
systems only.
d Order neutral as separate item.
e See Note: A, page 7-88.
f HFD6 and HHFD6 type circuit breakers meet the
UL criteria for “current limiting” at 240 and 480V AC.
g HACR rated.
b 2-pole
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
FD 250A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions
�
Black Label
Type HFD6, Type HFXD6 bcdef
Interchangeable Trip
Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
�
D1
�
�
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)
3-Pole 600V
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
HFD63B070n
HFD63B080n
HFD63B090n
HFD63B100
HFD63B110n
HFD63B125
HFD63B150
HFD63B175
HFD63B200
HFD63B225
HFD63B250
FD63T070n
FD63T080n
FD63T090n
FD63T100
FD63T110n
FD63T125
FD63T150
FD63T175
FD63T200
FD63T225
FD63T250
HFD63F250
Type HHFD, HHFXD6 bcdf
HHFD63B070n
HHFD63B080n
HHFD63B090n
HHFD63B100
HHFD63B110n
HHFD63B125
HHFD63B150
HHFD63B175
HHFD63B200
HHFD63B225
HHFD63B250
FD63T070n
FD63T080n
FD63T090n
FD63T100
FD63T110n
FD63T125
FD63T150
FD63T175
FD63T200
FD63T225
FD63T250
HHFD63F250
Type CFD6-Acf
Fuseless Current Limiting
W
�
�
�
Figure 1
W
�
Figure 2
Dimensions (in inches)
Breaker
Type
W
L
D
Figure 1
FXD6-A, FD6-A,
HFD6, HFXD6,
HHFD6, FD6-ETI e
Figure 2
CFD6,
CFD6-ETI e
D1
(to handle)
4.50 09.50
4
5.25
4.50 14.25
4
5.25
Shipping Weights
3-Pole 600V AC, Extra High Interrupting
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
L
�
HFD62F250
L
D
FD62T070n
FD62T080n
FD62T090n
FD62T100n
FD62T110n
FD62T125n
FD62T150n
FD62T175n
FD62T200n
FD62T225n
FD62T250n
�
HFD62B070n
HFD62B080n
HFD62B090n
HFD62B100n
HFD62B110n
HFD62B125n
HFD62B150n
HFD62B175n
HFD62B200n
HFD62B225n
HFD62B250n
AC, 500V DC a
D
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
Red Label
Number of
Number per
Shipping
Poles
Carton
Weight (lbs.)
FD6-A, HFD6, HHFD6, FXD6-A
Assembled Circuit Breaker (less connectors)
2
1
08.6
3
1
10
FD6-A, HFD6, HHFD6 Frame Only
2
1
07.5
3
1
08.7
FD6 Trip Unit Only
1
01.1
2
3
1
01.3
CFD6 Assembled Circuit Breaker (less terminals)
3
1
16
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
070
080
090
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a When
wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker
is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded
UPS systems.
b For non-interchangeable trip 3-pole HFD6 type circuit
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
CFD63B070n
CFD63B080n
CFD63B090n
CFD63B100n
CFD63B110n
CFD63B125n
CFD63B150
CFD63B175
CFD63B200
CFD63B225
CFD63B250
breaker, change prefix identifier from HFD6 to HFXD6.
Price equals frame and trip prices combined, e.g. price
of HFXD63B250 equals price of HFD63F250 plus price of
FD63T250. Order lugs separately.
c Type HFXD6, HHFXD6, CFD6 are UL Listed for reverse
feed applications.
Product Category: MCCB
d Type
HFXD6, HFD6, HHFD6, HHFXD6 meet the UL
criteria for “Current Limiting” at 240 VAC and 480V AC.
ETI, CFD6, ETI — See page 17/91 for
ordering information.
f HACR rated.
e FXD6,
17/67
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories
Selection
Accessories:
for FD, FFC & FFF 250A Frames
Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage
1 Shunt Trip
AC
024
120
240
277
480
600
Catalog Number
DC
012
024
048
125
250
S17FD60
S01FD60
S03FD60
S15FD60s
S04FD60
S06FD60s
S16FD60s
S07FD60
S09FD60s
S11FD60
S13FD60s
Undervoltage Trip Combinations
Control Voltage
1 Undervoltage Trip
1 Undervoltage Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
120
208
240
277
480
600
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
DC
024
048
125
250
U01FD60
U02FD60s
U03FD60
U16FD60s
U06FD60s
U08FD60s
U13FD60
U14FD60s
U10FD60s
U12FD60s
W01FD64
W02FD64s
W03FD64s
W16FD64s
W06FD64s
—
W13FD64
W14FD64s
W10FD64s
W12FD64s
Auxiliary Switch Combinations
Voltage
AC
DC
240
480
12
1 Auxiliary Switch
2 Auxiliary Switches
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
A01FD62
A01FD64
A01FDLV
A02FD62
A02FD64
Gold Plated Contacts for PLC use
Alarm Switch Combinations
Maximum
Voltage
AC
480
DC
250
1 Alarm Switch
1 Alarm Switch and
1 Auxiliary Switch
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
B00FD64
C01FD64
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
a Auxiliary switch application is for 480V AC maximum.
Note: Old F-frame accessories cannot be used in new
Sentron line. Likewise, new FD-frame accessories
cannot be used on old F-frame circuit breakers.
17/68
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
JD 400A Frame Sentron Series
Selection
Type JXD2-Ae
Ordering Information
Blue Label
240V AC, 2-Pole 250V DC Only
Complete Breaker Unassembled
with Lugs
Prices of JD6, HJD6, and HHJD6
breakers include frame, trip and
both line and load lugs (TA2J6500).
When ordered by these catalog
numbers, the customer will receive
the frame, trip, and lugs separately
packaged. For applications
requiring different lugs, order
individual items as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs
Prices of JXD6, HJXD6, HHJXD6,
and CJD6 include frame with
non-interchangeable trip unit
installed only. Order required lugs
separately. For line and load lugs
(TA2J6500) installed, add suffix “L”
to catalog number (add 2 times list
price of lugs for each pole).
100% Rated (3-pole only)
Types JXD6 and HJXD6 breakers
are available with 100% ratings.
To order add suffix “H” to catalog
number, and 10% to list price.n
100% rated JD breakers require the
use of 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C
ampacity and lugs TC1J6600
or TC2J6500.
50°C Applications see page 17/104.
400Hz Applications see page 17/104.
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs)
Continuous Current
Rating @ 40°C
200
225
250
300
350
400
2-Pole (3-Pole Width)
Catalog Number
JXD22B200n
JXD22B225n
JXD22B250n
JXD22B300
JXD22B350n
JXD22B400
3-Pole
Catalog Number
JXD23B200
JXD23B225
JXD23B250
JXD23B300
JXD23B350
JXD23B400
Type JXD6-A ae
Blue Label
600V AC, 2-Pole 250V DC, 3-Pole 500V DC b
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs)
JXD63B200
JXD63B225
JXD63B250
JXD63B300
JXD63B350
JXD63B400
JXD62B200n
JXD62B225n
JXD62B250n
JXD62B300
JXD62B350n
JXD62B400
200
225
250
300
350
400
Blue Label
Type JD6-Ae
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs
Catalog Number
Frame Only
Catalog Number
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)
200
225
250
300
350
400
3-Pole 600V AC,
200
225
250
300
350
400
JD62B200n
JD62B225n
JD62B250n
JD62B300n
JD62B350n
JD62B400
500V DC b
JD62T200n
JD62T225n
JD62T250n
JD62T300n
JD62T350n
JD62T400
JD62F400
JD63B200
JD63B225
JD63B250
JD63B300
JD63B350
JD63B400
JD63T200
JD63T225
JD63T250
JD63T300
JD63T350
JD63T400
JD63F400
Lugs For 75°C Wire c
Interrupting Ratings
Breaker
Type
JXD2-A
JXD6-A, JD6-A
HJD6-A, HJXD6-A
HHJD6, HHJXD6 d
CJD6-A
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489 AIR (File E10848)
IEC 947-2
Volts AC Volts DC
Volts AC (50/60Hz)
(50/60Hz)
220/240 380/415
240
480
600
250
500 b
lcu lcs lcu lcs
065
—
—
30 (2-P) —
— — — —
065
035
025
30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 065 033 040 20
100
065
035
30 (2-P) 35 (3-P) 100 050 065 33
200
100
050
—
—
— — — —
200
150
100
30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) — — — —
500
lcu
—
—
—
—
—
lcs
—
—
—
—
—
Cables
Catalog
per
Wire
Number
Lug
Range
TA2J6500
1, 2
#3/0-500 kcmil Cu
2
#4/0-500 kcmil Al
TA1L6750
1
500-750 kcmil Al
1
500-600 kcmil Cu
TC1J6600
1
#3/0-600 kcmil Cu
TC2J6500
1, 2
#3/0-500 kcmil Cu
Compression Lug
CCL600
1
500 kcmil Cu/Al
Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
Breaker Ampere
Rating
Nominal Instantaneous Values
+20%
Tolerance
Low
2
3
4
5
6
7
200-300
350-400
1250
2000
1430
2290
1610
2570
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a Type
JXD2 and JXD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for
reverse feed applications.
b When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS
systems only.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
1790
2860
1960
3140
2140
3430
+20%
Tolerance
High
2320
3710
2500
4000
Note: A, page 17/101
type circuit breakers meet the UL criteria for
“current limiting” at 240 and 480V AC.
e HACR rated.
Note: JD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B
“NAVAL.” See page 17/104 for additional information.
c See
d HHJD6
Product Category: MCCB
Modifications page 17/104
Accessories pages 17/72 and 17/108 to 17/113
17/69
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
JD 400A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions
�
Black Label
Type HJD6-A, HJXD6-A bdf
Interchangeable Trip
Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
�
�
D1
�
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)
L
JD62T200n
JD62T225n
JD62T250n
JD62T300n
JD62T350n
JD62T400
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC
200
225
250
300
350
400
HJD63B200
HJD63B225
HJD63B250
HJD63B300
HJD63B350
HJD63B400
JD63T200
JD63T225
JD63T250
JD63T300
JD63T350
JD63T400
HJD63F400
Black Label
Type HHJD6, HHJXD6 bdf
2-Pole 600V AC (3-Pole Width)
200
225
250
300
350
400
HHJD62B200n
HHJD62B225n
HHJD62B250n
HHJD62B300n
HHJD62B350n
HHJD62B400n
JD62T200n
JD62T225n
JD62T250n
JD62T300n
JD62T350n
JD62T400
HHJD62F400n
3-Pole 600VAC
200
225
250
300
350
400
HHJD63B200
HHJD63B225
HHJD63B250
HHJD63B300
HHJD63B350
HHJD63B400
JD63T200
JD63T225
JD63T250
JD63T300
JD63T350
JD63T400
HHJD63F400
�
W
�
W
�
�
Figure 1
�
Figure 2
Dimensions (in inches)
To
Breaker
Handle
Type W L
D D1
Figure 1
JXD2-A, JXD6-A, JD6-A
HJD6-A, HJXD6-A, HHJD6, 7.5 11
HJD6, HJXD6, HHJXD6,
JXD6-ETI,c SJD6, SHJD6
4
5.44
Figure 2
CJD6, CJD6-ETI,c SCJD6
4
5.44
7.5 17.86
Enclosures (Except SCJD6)
Type
Catalog Number
1
3R
12
4X
7, 9 (200-250A)
7, 9 (300-400A)
J6N1
J6N3R
J6N12
LD6SS4
EC4
EE
Neutral
W60992
Shipping Weights
Type CJD6-A ef
Fuseless Current Limiting
Red Label
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
200
225
250
300
350
400
L
D
HJD62F400n
�
HJD62B200n
HJD62B225n
HJD62B250n
HJD62B300n
HJD62B350n
HJD62B400n
abe
D
200
225
250
300
350
400
2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
For 2-pole application
use outside poles of
3-pole circuit breaker
CJD63B200n
CJD63B225n
CJD63B250n
CJD63B300n
CJD63B350n
CJD63B400
Number of
Number per
Shipping
Poles
Carton
Weight (lbs.)
JXD2, JXD6, JD6, HJD6, HHJD6
Assembled Breaker (less terminals)
1
17.5
2
3
1
19.5
JD6, HJD6, HHJD6 Frame Only
2
1
14
3
1
15.5
JD6 Trip Unit Only
1
03.5
2
3
1
04
CJD6 Complete Assembled Breaker
(less terminals)
3
1
31.5
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
2-pole units available in 3-pole construction.
a When
wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded
UPS systems only.
17/70
b For
non-interchangeable 3-pole HJD6 or HHJD6 type
circuit breaker change the prefix identifier to HJXD6
or HHJXD6. Price equals price of frame plus price of
trip, e.g. price of HJXD63B400 equals price of
HJD63F400 plus price of JD63T400. Order lugs
separately.
Product Category: MCCB
c JXD6-ETI, CJD6-ETI see page 17/91 for ordering information.
d Type
HJXD6, HHJXD6 Circuit Breakers are UL listed for
reverse fed applications.
applies to non-interchangeable type HJXD6-A only.
f HACR rated.
e CE
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
SJD 400A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series
Selection
Current Limiting
Type SJD6-A
Type SHJD6-A
Type SCJD6-A
Blue Label
Black Label
Red Label
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog
Number
SJD69200n
SJD69300n
SJD69400n
SJD69200Gn
SJD69300Gn
SJD69400Gn
SJD69200NTn
SJD69300NTn
SJD69400NTn
SJD69200NGTn
SJD69300NGTn
SJD69400NGTn
Max
Current
Rating
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400
Catalog
Number
SHJD69200n
SHJD69300n
SHJD69400n
SHJD69200Gn
SHJD69300Gn
SHJD69400Gn
SHJD69200NTn
SHJD69300NTn
SHJD69400NTn
SHJD69200NGTn
SHJD69300NGTn
SHJD69400NGTn
Catalog
Number
SCJD69200n
SCJD69300n
SCJD69400n
SCJD69200Gn
SCJD69300Gn
SCJD69400Gn
SCJD69200NTn
SCJD69300NTn
SCJD69400NTn
SCJD69200NGTn
SCJD69300NGTn
SCJD69400NGTn
Max
Current
Rating
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400
SJD 400A Frame – 100% Rated b
Type SJD6-A
Type SHJD6-A
Blue Label
Max
Current
Rating
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400
Catalog
Number
SHJD69200Hn
SHJD69300Hn
SHJD69400Hn
SHJD69200GHn
SHJD69300GHn
SHJD69400GHn
SHJD69200NTHn
SHJD69300NTHn
SHJD69400NTHn
SHJD69200NGTHn
SHJD69300NGTHn
SHJD69400NGTHn
Shipping Weights
Breaker
Type
Number per
Carton
Shipping
Weight (lbs)
SJD6-A
SHJD6-A
SCJD6-A
1
1
1
20
20
33
No of
Cables
Catalog
per Con- Wire
Number
nector
Range
TA2J6500 2
#3/0-500 kcmil Cu
2
#4/0-500 kcmil Al
1
500–750 kcmil Al
TA1L6750
1
500–600 kcmil Cu
TC1J6600 1 #3/0-600 kcmil Cu
TC2J6500 2 #3/0-500 kcmil Cu
TA2J630
2
#4–#3/0-Cu/Al
Compression Lug
CCL600
(1 pc.)
#1/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog
Number
SJD69200Hn
SJD69300Hn
SJD69400Hn
SJD69200GHn
SJD69300GHn
SJD69400GHn
SJD69200NTHn
SJD69300NTHn
SJD69400NTHn
SJD69200NGTHn
SJD69300NGTHn
SJD69400NGTHn
SJD6 and SCJD6 are acceptable for
reverse connection application.
SHJD6 are not acceptable for
reverse connection application.
Lugs for 75° C Wire a
Black Label
3-Pole, 600V AC
Pricing information for all Digital
Sentron Series SJD frames is for
complete breaker only – price
required lugs as separate items –
lugs are suitable for 75° C wire.
3-Pole, 600V AC
3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400
Ordering Information
Max
Current
Rating
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400
200
300
400
Neutral Transformers
Trip Unit Adjustable Functions
Suffix
Cont
Long
Instan- Short
Short
Letter Trip
Current Time
taneous Time
Time
Code
Type
Setting Delay
Setting Pick Up Delay
Short
Time
Ground Ground
Fault
Fault
l2t
Pick Up Pick Up Delay
None
LI
u
u
G
LIG
u
u
u
NT
LSI
u
u
u
u
u
u
NGT
LSIG
u
u
u
u
u
u
Ampere
Rating
Catalog Number
200
300
400
N02SJD
N03SJD
N04SJD
u
u
u
u
u
Interrupting Ratings
Breaker
Type
RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)
240V AC
480V AC
600V AC
SJD6-A
SHJD6-A
SCJD6-A
065
100
200
035
065
150
025
035
100
Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit
breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire systems.
For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral)
transformer as separate and additional item.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
additional information, see Note: A, page 17/101.
to the NEC for proper application of 100%
rated devices.
a For
bR
efer
Product Category: MCCB
Accessories pages 17-72
and17/108 to 17/113
17/71
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories
Selections
Accessories for:
JD 400A Frame
LD 600A Frame
LMD 800A Frame
SJD 400A Frame
SLD 600A Frame
Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage
1 Shunt Trip
1 Shunt Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
024
048
120
240
277
480
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
DC
012
024
048
125
250
S17JLD6
S18JLD6s
S01JLD6
S03JLD6
S15JLD6s
S04JLD6
S16JLD6s
S07JLD6
S09JLD6s
S11JLD6
S13JLD6s
—
—
S01JLD62A
S03JLD62A
S15JLD64As
—
S16JLD62As
S07JLD62A
S09JLD62A
S11JLD62As
S13JLD62As
Undervoltage Trip Combinations
Sensitrip Ammeter
Control Voltage
1 Undervoltage Trip
1 Undervoltage Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Undervoltage Trip and
2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
120
208
240
480
Catalog Number
U01JLD6
U02JLD6s
U03JLD6
U06JLD6
U13JLD6
U14JLD6s
U10JLD6s
U12JLD6s
Catalog Number
U01JLD62A
U02JLD62As
U03JLD62As
U06JLD64As
U13JLD62A
U14JLD62As
U10JLD62As
U12JLD62As
Catalog Number
U01JLD62AA
U02JLD62AAs
U03JLD62AAs
U06JLD64AAs
U13JLD62AA
U14JLD62AAs
U10JLD62AAs
U12JLD62AAs
DC
024
048
125
250
Auxiliary Switch Combinations
The Ammeter Display Units plug into
the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays
the phase current flowing in the
breaker. They are powered by the
breaker’s CT’s with replaceable
battery back-up for maintaining trip
and max logs.
The SADU reads currents, current
imbalance, current demand, and trip
status.
Ammeter Mounting Kit
The Ammeter may also be panel or
door mounted using the SADURMK18
remote mounting kit.
Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right
side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit
breakers. No accessories can be added if
mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this
page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6,
SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers.
17/72
Maximum
Voltage
1 Form C
2 Form C
AC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
DC
480
—
250
12
A01JLD64
A01JLDLV
A02JLD64
A02JLDLV
Alarm Switch Combinations
Maximum
Voltage
AC
480
DC
250
1 Alarm Switch
1 Alarm Switch and
1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Alarm Switch and
2 Auxiliary Switches
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
CatalogNumber
B01JLD64
A01JLD64B
A02JLD64B
Plug-in Ammeter Display Units
Breaker Type
Description
SJD, SLD
Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit
Catalog Number
SADU
SADURMK18
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
LD 600A Frame Sentron Series
Selection
Blue Label
Type LXD6-A ad
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40° C
450
500
600
2-Pole (3-Pole Width)
3-Pole
600V AC
600V AC
250V DC
500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
LXD62B450n
LXD62B500n
LXD62B600
LXD63B450
LXD63B500
LXD63B600
Blue Label
Type LD6-Ad
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs
Catalog Number
Frame Only
Catalog Number
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
3-Pole 600V AC,
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
LD62B250n
LD62B300n
LD62B350n
LD62B400
LD62B450n
LD62B500n
LD62B600
500V DC b
LD63B250
LD63B300
LD63B350
LD63B400
LD63B450
LD63B500
LD63B600
LD62F600
JD62T250n
JD62T300n
JD62T350n
JD62T400
LD62T450n
LD62T500n
LD62T600
LD63F600
JD63T250
JD63T300
JD63T350
JD63T400
LD63T450
LD63T500
LD63T600
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489 AIR (File E10848)
IEC 947-2
Volts
AC
(50/60Hz)
Volts
DC
Volts
AC (50/60Hz)
Breaker
Type
240
480
600
250
500 c
220/240 380/415
(lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs)
LD6-A, LXD6-A
065
035
025
30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 065 033 040 20
HLD6-A, HLXD6-A
100
065
035
30 (2-P) 35 (3-P) 100 050 065 33
HHLD6, HHLXD6
200
100
050
—
—
— — — —
CLD6-A
200
150
100
—
50 (3-P) — — — —
Shipping Weights
500
(lcu) (lcs)
— —
— —
— —
— —
Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
Nominal Instantaneous Values
+20%
Tolerance
Low
2
3
4
5
6
7
1250
1430
1610
1790 1960
2140
2320
2000
2290
2570
2860 3140
3430
3710
3000
3430
3800
4290 4710
5140
5570
+20%
Tolerance
High
2500
4000
6000
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
LXD6A circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse
fed applications.
wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded
UPS systems only.
c See Note: A, page 17/101.
d HACR rated.
Note: LD frame qualified to UL489 supplement SB “NAVAL”.
See page 17/104 for additional information.
a Type
b When
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Modifications page 17/104
Accessories pages 17/76 and 17/108 to 17/113
Product Category: MCCB
Complete Breaker Unassembled
with Lugs
Prices of LD6, HLD6, and HHLD6
breakers include frame, trip, and
both line and load lugs (TA2J6500).
When ordered by these catalog
numbers, the customer will receive
the frame, trip and lugs separately
packaged. For applications requiring
different lugs, order individual items
as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs
Prices of LXD6, HLXD6, HHLXD6,
and CLD6 include frame with noninterchangeable trip unit installed
only. Order required lugs separately.
For line and load lugs (TA2J6500)
installed, add suffix “L” to catalog
number (add 2 times list price of
lugs for each pole).
100% Rated (3-pole only)
Types LXD6 and HLXD6 breakers
are available with 100% ratings.
To order add suffix “H” to catalog
number, and 10% to list price. 100%
rated LD breakers require the use of
90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C
ampacity and lugs TC1J6600
or TC2J6500.
50°C Applications see page 17/104.
400Hz Applications see page 17/104.
Interrupting Ratings
Breaker Ampere
Rating
250-300
350-450
500-600
Ordering Information
Number of
Number per
Shipping
Poles
Carton
Weight (lbs.)
LXD6, LD6, HLD6, HHLD6
Assembled Breaker (less terminals)
2
1
17.5
1
19.5
3
LD6, HLD6, HHLD6 Frame Only
1
14
2
3
1
15.5
LD6, HHLD6 Trip Unit Only
2
1
03.5
3
1
04
CLD6 Complete Assembled Breaker
(less terminals)
3
1
31.5
Lugs For 75°C Wire c
Cables
Catalog
per
Wire
Number
Lug
Range
TA2J6500
1, 2
#3/0 500 kcmil Cu
2
#4/0 500 kcmil Al
TC2J6500
2
#3/0-500 kcmil Cu
TA1L6750
1
500-750 kcmil Al
1
500-600 kcmil Cu
TC1J6600
1
#3/0-600 kcmil Cu
Compression Lug
CCL600
1
500 kcmil Cu/Al
17/73
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
LD 600A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions
Black Label
Type HLD6-A, HLXD6-Abcf
Interchangeable Trip
Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
�
� D1
�
3-Pole 600V AC,
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
HLD62B250n
HLD62B300n
HLD62B350n
HLD62B400n
HLD62B450n
HLD62B500n
HLD62B600n
500V DC ae
HLD62F600n
HLD63B250
HLD63B300
HLD63B350
HLD63B400
HLD63B450
HLD63B500
HLD63B600
JD63T250
JD63T300
JD63T350
JD63T400
LD63T450
LD63T500
LD63T600
HLD63F600
Black Label
Type HHLD6, HHLXD6bcf
2-Pole 600V AC (3-Pole Width)
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
HHLD62B250n
HHLD62B300n
HHLD62B350n
HHLD62B400n
HHLD62B450n
HHLD62B500n
HHLD62B600n
JD62T250n
JD62T300n
JD62T350n
JD62T400
HHLD62T450n
HHLD62T500n
HHLD62T600n
HHLD62F600n
3-Pole 600V AC
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
HHLD63B250
HHLD63B300
HHLD63B350
HHLD63B400
HHLD63B450n
HHLD63B500n
HHLD63B600n
L
JD62T250n
JD62T300n
JD62T350n
JD62T400
LD62T450n
LD62T500n
LD62T600
JD63T250
JD63T300
JD63T350
JD63T400
HHLD63T450n
HHLD63T500n
HHLD63T600n
HHLD63F600
L
�
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
�
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)
W
�
�
�
Figure 1
D
�
�
W
�
�
�
D
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
Figure 2
Dimensions (in inches)
Breaker
Type
W L D
Figure 1
LXD6-A, LD6-A
HLD6-A
HHLD6, HHLXD6,
LXD6–ETI,d SLD6, SHLD6
Figure 2
CLD6, CLD6-ETI,d SCLD6
7.5 11
To
Handle
D1
4
5.44
7.5 17.86 4
5.44
Enclosures: (except SCLD6)
Type
Catalog Number
1
3R
12
4X
7,9
LD6N1
LD6N3R
LD6N12
LD6SS4
ED6
Neutral
W60993
Type CLD6-Acf
Fuseless Current Limiting
Red Label
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
450
500
600
2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
For 2-pole application
use outside poles of
3-pole circuit breaker
CLD63B450n
CLD63B500
CLD63B600
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a When
wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded
UPS systems only.
17/74
b For
complete assembled 3-pole HLD6 or HHLD6 type
circuit breaker change the prefix identifier HLD6 or
HHLD6 to HLXD6 or HHLXD6. Price is sum of frame and
trip units prices, e.g. price of HLXD63B400 is the price of
HLD63F600 plus the price of LD63T600. Order the
terminal connectors separately.
Product Category: MCCB
cType
HLXD6, HHLXD6, & CLD6 Circuit Breakers are UL
Listed for reverse feed applications.
d LXD6-ETI, CLD6-ETI see page 17/91 for ordering information.
e CE
Applies to non-interchangeable type HLXD only.
rated.
f HACR
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
SLD 600A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series
Selection
Type SLD6-A
Current Limiting
Type SHLD6-A
Blue Label
Black Label
3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
Pricing information for all Digital
Sentron Series SLD frames is for
complete breaker only – price
required lugs as separate items –
lugs are suitable for 75° C wire.
Red Label
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog
Number
SLD69300n
SLD69400n
SLD69500n
SLD69600n
SLD69300Gn
SLD69400Gn
SLD69500Gn
SLD69600Gn
SLD69300NTn
SLD69400NTn
SLD69500NTn
SLD69600NTn
SLD69300NGTn
SLD69400NGTn
SLD69500NGTn
SLD69600NGTn
Ordering Information
Type SCLD6-A
3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
Catalog
Number
SHLD69300n
SHLD69400n
SHLD69500n
SHLD69600n
SHLD69300Gn
SHLD69400Gn
SHLD69500Gn
SHLD69600Gn
SHLD69300NTn
SHLD69400NTn
SHLD69500NTn
SHLD69600NTn
SHLD69300NGTn
SHLD69400NGTn
SHLD69500NGTn
SHLD69600NGTn
Catalog
Number
SCLD69300n
SCLD69400n
SCLD69500n
SCLD69600n
SCLD69300Gn
SCLD69400Gn
SCLD69500Gn
SCLD69600Gn
SCLD69300NTn
SCLD69400NTn
SCLD69500NTn
SCLD69600NTn
SCLD69300NGTn
SCLD69400NGTn
SCLD69500NGTn
SCLD69600NGTn
Max
Current
Rating
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
300
400
500
600
Trip Unit Adjustable Functions
Suffix
Cont
Long
Instan- Short
Short
Letter Trip
Current Time
taneous Time
Time
Code
Type
Setting Delay
Setting Pick Up Delay
Short
Time
Ground Ground
Fault
Fault
l2t
Pick Up Pick Up Delay
None
LI
u
u
G
LIG
u
u
u
NT
LSI
u
u
u
u
u
u
NGT
LSIG
u
u
u
u
u
u
SLD6 and SCLD6 are suitable for
reverse connection application.
SHLD6 are not suitable for reverse
connection application.
Shipping Weights
Breaker
Type
Number per
Carton
Shipping
Weight (lbs)
SLD6-A
SHLD6-A
SCLD6-A
1
1
1
20
20
33
Neutral Transformers
Ampere
Rating
Catalog Number
N03SJD
N04SJD
N05SLD
N06SLD
300
400
500
600
u
u
u
u
u
Interrupting Ratings
Breaker
Type
RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)
240V AC
480V AC
600V AC
SLD6-A
SHLD6-A
SCLD6-A
065
100
200
035
065
150
025
035
100
Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit
breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.
For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral)
transformer as separate and additional item.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
For ordering information and terminal connectors see
page 17/73; for enclosures, see page 17/74.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
100% Rated – Not available in SLD6 Frame.
Product Category: MCCB
17/75
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories
Selection
Accessories for:
JD 400A Frame
LD 600A Frame
LMD 800A Frame
SJD 400A Frame
SLD 600A Frame
Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage
1 Shunt Trip
1 Shunt Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
024
048
120
240
277
480
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
DC
012
024
048
125
250
S17JLD6
S18JLD6s
S01JLD6
S03JLD6
S15JLD6s
S04JLD6
S16JLD6s
S07JLD6
S09JLD6s
S11JLD6
S13JLD6s
—
—
S01JLD62A
S03JLD62A
S15JLD64As
—
S16JLD62As
S07JLD62A
S09JLD62A
S11JLD62As
S13JLD62As
Undervoltage Trip Combinations
Sensitrip Ammeter
Control Voltage
1 Undervoltage Trip
1 Undervoltage Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Undervoltage Trip and
2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
120
208
240
480
Catalog Number
U01JLD6
U02JLD6s
U03JLD6
U06JLD6
U13JLD6
U14JLD6s
U10JLD6s
U12JLD6s
Catalog Number
U01JLD62A
U02JLD62As
U03JLD62As
U06JLD64As
U13JLD62A
U14JLD62As
U10JLD62As
U12JLD62As
Catalog Number
U01JLD62AA
U02JLD62AAs
U03JLD62AAs
U06JLD64AAs
U13JLD62AA
U14JLD62AAs
U10JLD62AAs
U12JLD62AAs
DC
024
048
125
250
Auxiliary Switch Combinations
The Ammeter Display Units plug into
the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays
the phase current flowing in the
breaker. They are powered by the
breaker’s CT’s with replaceable
battery back-up for maintaining trip
and max logs.
The SADU reads currents, current
imbalance, current demand, and trip
status.
Maximum
Voltage
1 Form C
2 Form C
AC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
DC
480
—
250
12
A01JLD64
A01JLDLV
Alarm Switch Combinations
Maximum
Voltage
AC
480
DC
250
1 Alarm Switch
1 Alarm Switch and
1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Alarm Switch and
2 Auxiliary Switches
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
CatalogNumber
B01JLD64
Breaker Type
Description
The Ammeter may also be panel or
door mounted using the SADURMK18
remote mounting kit.
SJD, SLD
Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit
17/76
A01JLD64B
A02JLD64B
Plug-in Ammeter Display Units
Ammeter Mounting Kit
Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right
side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit
breakers. No accessories can be added if
mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this
page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6,
SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers.
A02JLD64
A02JLDLV
Catalog Number
SADU
SADURMK18
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions
Blue Label
Type LMXD6 ad
Ordering Information
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
2-Pole (3-Pole Width)
Catalog Number
3-Pole
Catalog Number
—
LMXD62B600n
LMXD62B700n
LMXD62B800
500
600
700
800
LMXD63B500n
LMXD63B600
LMXD63B700
LMXD63B800
Blue Label
Type LMD6 d
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)
500
600
700
800
LMD62B500n
LMD62B600n
LMD62B700n
LMD62B800n
LMD62T500n
LMD62T600n
LMD62T700n
LMD62T800n
LMD62F800n
LMD63B500n
LMD63B600n
LMD63B700n
LMD63B800
Complete Breaker Assembled
without Lugs
Prices of LMXD6 and HLMXD6
include frame with
non-interchangeable trip unit
installed only. Order required lugs
separately. For line and load lugs
(TA3K500) installed, add suffix “L”
to catalog number (add 2 times list
price of lugs for each pole).
50°C Applications see page 17/104.
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC b
500
600
700
800
Complete Breaker Unassembled
with Lugs
Prices of LMD6 and HLMD6 breakers
include frame, trip, and both line
and load lugs (TA3K500). These
catalog numbers include the frame,
trip and lugs separately packaged.
For applications requiring different
lugs, order individual items as
needed.
LMD63T500n
LMD63T600n
LMD63T700n
LMD63T800
LMD63F800
400Hz Applications see page 17/104.
Shipping Weights
Number of
Poles
Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
Ampere Rating
500-600
700-800
Nominal Instantaneous Values
Low +/- 20% 2
3
4
5
6
7
Tolerance
3000
3430
3860
4290 4710
5140
5570
3200
3500
3700
4200 4700
6400
7300
Number per
Carton
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
LMD6, HLMD6, LMXD6, HLMXD6
Complete Breaker (less terminals)
High +/- 20%
Tolerance
6000
8000
1
1
2
3
53
61.5
LMD6, HLMD6 Frame Only
1
1
2
3
42.25
46
LMD6, HLMD6 Trip Unit Only
1
1
2
3
4.5
6.5
Lugsc for 75°C Wire
Catalog
Number
TA2K500
TA3K500
TA2N750
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a LMXD6
circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse
connected applications.
bWhen wired as shown on page 17-5, this circuit breaker
is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded
UPS systems only.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
c See
Cables
per
Wire
Lug
Range
1, 2
#1-500 kcmil Cu / Al
#1/0-500 kcmil Cu / Al
1-3
500-750 kcmil Cu / Al
1, 2
Note: A, page 17/101.
d HACR rated.
Modifications page 17/104
Accessories pages 17/79 and 17/108 to 17/113
Product Category: MCCB
17/77
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
LMD 800A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions
Black Label
Type HLMXD6 ad
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
500
600
700
800
2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
For 2-pole application
use outside poles of
3-pole circuit breaker
HLMXD63B500n
HLMXD63B600n
HLMXD63B700n
HLMXD63B800
Black Label
Type HLMD6 d
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
Complete Breaker
Unassembled
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC (3-Pole Width)
500
600
700
800
HLMD62B500n
HLMD62B600n
HLMD62B700n
HLMD62B800n
HLMD62F800n
LMD62T500n
LMD62T600n
LMD62T700n
LMD62T800n
HLMD63F800
LMD63T500 n
LMD63T600 n
LMD63T700 n
LMD63T800
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC c
500
600
700
800
HLMD63B500
HLMD63B600
HLMD63B700
HLMD63B800
Interrupting Ratings
Breaker
Type
LMD6, LMXD6
HLMD6, HLMXD6
UL 489A IR
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
Volts AC
Volts DC
240
480
600
250
500 d
65
50
25
30 (2-P) 25 (3-P)
100
065
050
30 (2-P) 50 (3-P)
Dimensions (in inches)
Breaker
Type
LMD6,
LMXD6,
HLMD6,
HLMXD6
LMXD6-ETI b
W
L
D
D1
7.5
16
4.5
5.93
Enclosures
Type
Catalog Number
1
3R
12
LMD1
LMD3R
LMD12n
Neutral
W63623
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a HLMXD6
circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse
connection applications.
b LMXD6-ETI, see page 17/91 for catalog information.
17/78
c When
wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker
is UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded
UPS systems only.
d HACR rated.
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories
Selection
Accessories for:
JD 400A Frame
LD 600A Frame
LMD 800A Frame
SJD 400A Frame
SLD 600A Frame
Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage
1 Shunt Trip
1 Shunt Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
024
048
120
240
277
480
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
DC
012
024
048
125
250
S17JLD6
S18JLD6s
S01JLD6
S03JLD6
S15JLD6s
S04JLD6
S16JLD6s
S07JLD6
S09JLD6s
S11JLD6
S13JLD6s
—
—
S01JLD62A
S03JLD62A
S15JLD64As
—
S16JLD62As
S07JLD62A
S09JLD62A
S11JLD62As
S13JLD62As
Undervoltage Trip Combinations
Sensitrip Ammeter
Control Voltage
1 Undervoltage Trip
1 Undervoltage Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Undervoltage Trip and
2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
120
208
240
480
Catalog Number
U01JLD6
U02JLD6s
U03JLD6
U06JLD6
U13JLD6
U14JLD6s
U10JLD6s
U12JLD6s
Catalog Number
U01JLD62A
U02JLD62As
U03JLD62As
U06JLD64As
U13JLD62A
U14JLD62As
U10JLD62As
U12JLD62As
Catalog Number
U01JLD62AA
U02JLD62AAs
U03JLD62AAs
U06JLD64AAs
U13JLD62AA
U14JLD62AAs
U10JLD62AAs
U12JLD62AAs
DC
024
048
125
250
Auxiliary Switch Combinations
The Ammeter Display Units plug into
the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays
the phase current flowing in the
breaker. They are powered by the
breaker’s CT’s with replaceable
battery back-up for maintaining trip
and max logs.
The SADU reads currents, current
imbalance, current demand, and trip
status.
Ammeter Mounting Kit
The Ammeter may also be panel or
door mounted using the SADURMK18
remote mounting kit.
Note: Accessory modules can only be added to right
side pole of solid state SJD and SLD frame circuit
breakers. No accessories can be added if
mechanical interlock is used. All accessories on this
page are useable on superseded JD2, JJ6, JL6, HJ6,
SJL, LJ6, LL6, HL6 and SLL circuit breakers.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Maximum
Voltage
1 Form C
2 Form C
AC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
DC
480
—
250
12
A01JLD64
A01JLDLV
A02JLD64
A02JLDLV
Alarm Switch Combinations
Maximum
Voltage
AC
480
DC
250
1 Alarm Switch
1 Alarm Switch and
1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Alarm Switch and
2 Auxiliary Switches
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
CatalogNumber
B01JLD64
A01JLD64B
A02JLD64B
Plug-in Ammeter Display Units
Breaker Type
Description
SJD, SLD
Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit
Catalog Number
SADU
SADURMK18
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
Product Category: MCCB
17/79
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
MD 800A Frame Sentron Series
Selection
Blue Label
Type MXD6 af
Ordering Information
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
600
700
800
2-Poleb
3-Pole
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
MXD62B600n
MXD62B700n
MXD62B800n
MXD63B600
MXD63B700
MXD63B800
Blue Label
Type MD6 f
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
Complete Breaker
Unassembled with Lugs
Catalog Number
b
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
MD62F800n
MD62T500n
MD62T600n
MD62T700n
MD62T800n
MD63F800
MD63T500
MD63T600
MD63T700
MD63T800
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC
500
600
700
800
MD62B500n
MD62B600n
MD62B700n
MD62B800n
c
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC
500
600
700
800
MD63B500
MD63B600
MD63B700
MD63B800
Lugs d
Catalog
Number
Cables
Per Lug
Lugs
Per Kit
Wire
Range
TA2K500
TA3K500
TC2K500
TC3K350
1-2
1-3
1-2
1-3
1
1
1
1
#1-500 kcmil Cu/Al
1/0-500 kcmil Cu/Al
#1-500 kcmil Cu
#1-350 kcmil Cu
2TA2N8750 3TA2N8750 1-2
2
500-750 kcmil Cu/Al
3
2TA3N8750 3TA3N8750 1-3
2
500-750 kcmil Cu/Al
3
2TA4N8500 3TA4N8500 1-4
2
250-500 kcmil Cu/Al
3
2TA4P8500 1-4
3TA4P8500 2
250-500 kcmil Cu/Al
3
50°C Applications see page 17/104.
400Hz Applications see page 17/104.
Kits
Shipping Weights
Number of
Number per
Poles
Carton
MD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6
Complete Breaker Assembled
(less lugs)
1
2
3
1
2
3
Nominal Instantaneous Values
Low +/- 20% 2
3
4
5
6
7
Tolerance
3000
3430
3860
4280
4710 5140 5570
4000
4570
5140
5710
6280 6850 7420
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a MXD6
circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse
connection applications.
b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only.
cWhen wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker
is UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded
UPS systems.
17/80
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
53
61.5
MD6, HMD6 Frame Only
Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
Ampere Rating
500
600–800
Complete Breaker Unassembled
with Lugs
Pricing information for MD6 and
HMD6 breakers includes frame, trip,
and both line and load lugs
(TA3K500). When ordered by these
catalog numbers, the customer will
receive the frame, trip and lugs
separately packaged. For
applications requiring different lugs,
order individual items as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled without Lugs
Prices of MXD6, HMXD6 and
CMD6 include frame with
non-interchangeable trip units
installed only. Order required lugs
separately. For line and load lugs
(TA3K500) installed, add suffix “L”
to catalog number (add 2 times list
price of lugs for each pole).
100% Ratede
Types MXD6, HMXD6 and CMD6
breakers are available with 100%
ratings. To order add suffix “H” to
catalog number, and 10% to list
price. 100% rated MD breakers
require the use of 90°C Cu cable
sized at 75°C ampacity and lugs
3TA4P8500 or 3TA2N8750.
1
1
42.25
46
MD6, HMD6 Trip Unit Only
High +/- 20%
Tolerance
6000
8000
Note: A, page 17/101.
rated breakers with the CE mark will also be
marked in the 100% rated version.
f HACR rated.
Note: MD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.
See page 17/104 for additional information.
2
3
1
1
4.5
6.5
Enclosures
Type
Catalog Number
1
3R
12
MND61
MND63
MND612n
Neutral
W63623
d See
e 80%
Product Category: MCCB
Modifications page 17/104
Accessories pages 17/79 and 17/108 to 17/113
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
MD 800A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions
Black Label
Type HMXD6 ae
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
600
700
800
2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
HMXD63B600n
HMXD63B700n
HMXD63B800
For 2-pole application
use outside poles of
3-pole circuit breaker
Black Label
Type HMD6 e
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
Complete Breaker
Unassembled w/Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
HMD62F800n
MD62T500n
MD62T600n
MD62T700n
MD62T800n
HMD63F800
MD63T500
MD63T600
MD63T700
MD63T800
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC b
3-Pole 600V AC,
HMD62B500n
HMD62B600n
HMD62B700n
HMD62B800n
500V DC d
500
600
700
800
HMD63B500
HMD63B600
HMD63B700
HMD63B800
500
600
700
800
Type CMD6 ae
Fuseless Current Limiting
Red Label
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
600
700
800
2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Lug
When wire lug shield NDTS is used.
Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs
are used. The kits include the NDTS shield.
CMD63B600n
CMD63B700n
CMD63B800
For 2-pole application
use outside poles of
3-pole circuit breaker
Dimensions (in inches)
Interrupting Ratings
UL 489 AIR—File E10848
IEC 947-2 AIR
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
Volts AC (50/60HZ)
Volts AC
Volts DC
220/240 380/415 500
Breaker
Type
MD6, MXD6
240
065
480
050
600
25
(lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs
250
500 d
30 (2-P) 25 (3-P) 065 033 040 20 — —
HMD6, HMXD6
CMD6
100
200
065
100
50
65
30 (2-P) 50 (3-P) 100 050 065 33
—
50 (3-P) —
— — —
—
—
Breaker
Type
W
L
D
(To
Handle)
D1
MD6, MXD6, HMD6,
HMXD6, CMD6,
MXD6-ETI, CMD6-ETI,
SMD6, SHMD6, and
SCMD6
9
16
6
8.25
with lug shields
9
24
6
8.25
—
—
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a HMXD6
and CMD circuit breakers are UL listed for
reverse connection applications.
b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only.
c MXD6-ETI, CMD6-ETI see page 17/91 for catalog information.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
d When
wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS
systems only.
e HACR rated.
17/81
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
SMD 800A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Seriesc
Selection
Type SMD6
Type SHMD6
Blue Label
Type SMD6
Red Label
3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
Catalog
Number
SHMD69600An
SHMD69700An
SHMD69800An
SHMD69600AGn
SHMD69700AGn
SHMD69800AGn
SHMD69600ANTn
SHMD69700ANTn
SHMD69800ANTn
SHMD69600ANGTn
SHMD69700ANGTn
SHMD69800ANGTn
Rated a
Current Limiting
Type SCMD6-A
Black Label
3-Pole, 600V AC
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
Catalog
Number
SHMD69600AHn
SHMD69700AHn
SHMD69800AHn
SHMD69600AGHn
SHMD69700AGHn
SHMD69800AGHn
SHMD69600ANTHn
SHMD69700ANTHn
SHMD69800ANTHn
SHMD69600ANGTHn
SHMD69700ANGTHn
SHMD69800ANGTHn
Max
Current
Rating
Catalog
Number
SCMD69600AHn
SCMD69700AHn
SCMD69800AHn
SCMD69600AGHn
SCMD69700AGHn
SCMD69800AGHn
SCMD69600ANTHn
SCMD69700ANTHn
SCMD69800ANTHn
SCMD69600ANGTHn
SCMD69700ANGTHn
SCMD69800ANGTHn
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
Trip Unit Adjustable Functions
Suffix
Letter
Trip
Code
Type
Cont
Current
Setting
Long
Time
Delay
Instan-
taneous
Setting
Short
Time
Pick Up
Short
Time
Delay
A
LI
u
u
u
AG
LIG
u
u
u
ANT
LSI
u
u
u
u
u
ANGT
LSIG
u
u
u
u
u
Connector or
Connector Kit
MD
MD
500­­–600
700­­–800
TA2K500
TA3K500
ypes SMD6 and SHMD6 are acceptable for
T
reverse connection applications.
Shipping Weights
Breaker
Type
Number per Shipping
Carton
Weight (lbs)
All types
1
61.5
Cables
Catalog
per Wire
Number
Lug
Range
2
#1-500 kcmil Cu/Al
TA2K500 TA3K500 3
#1-500 kcmil Cu/Al
TC2K500 2
#1-500 kcmil Cu
TC3K350 3
#1-350 kcmil Cu
Kits (3 lugs/kit)
4
250–500 kcmil Cu/Al
3TA4N8500 3TA4P8500 4
250–500 kcmil Cu/Al
3TA2N8750 2
500–750 kcmil Cu/Al
3TA3N8750 3
500–750 kcmil Cu/Al
Each kit contains the following:
3TA4P8500—3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier
3TA3N8750—3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier
3TA2N8750—3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier
Neutral Transformers
Ampere
Rating
Catalog Number
0600
0700
0800
N06SMDA
N07SMDA
N08SMDA
u
Enclosures
u
u
Type
Catalog Number
1
3R
12
MND61
MND63
MND612
Neutral
W63623
240V AC
480V AC
600V AC
SMD6
SHMD6
SCMD6
065
100
200
050
065
100
25
50
65
17/82
Ampere
Rating
u
Breaker
Type
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
Breaker Frame
Ground
Fault
Delay
Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit
breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.
For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral)
transformer as separate and additional item.
Ground
Fault
Pick Up
Interrupting Ratings
Information
Lugs for 75°C Wire b
Red Label
3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
Max
Current
Rating
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
Catalog
Number
SCMD69600An
SCMD69700An
SCMD69800An
SCMD69600AGn
SCMD69700AGn
SCMD69800AGn
SCMD69600ANTn
SCMD69700ANTn
SCMD69800ANTn
SCMD69600ANGTn
SCMD69700ANGTn
SCMD69800ANGTn
Type SHMD6
Blue Label
SMD69600AHn
SMD69700AHn
SMD69800AHn
SMD69600AGHn
SMD69700AGHn
SMD69800AGHn
SMD69600ANTHn
SMD69700ANTHn
SMD69800ANTHn
SMD69600ANGTHn
SMD69700ANGTHn
SMD69800ANGTHn
Type SCMD6-A
Pricing information for all Digital
Sentron Series MD frames is for complete breaker only. Price requires lugs or
lug kits as separate items. Lugs are suitable for 75°C wire or as noted.
Connector wire ranges and cavities are
established in conjunction with Table
6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards. Choose
actual connector for circuit breakers
based on customer requirements.
Recommended Terminal Connectors
3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
600
700
800
SMD 800A Frame – 100%
Catalog
Number
Ordering
Black Label
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog
Number
SMD69600An
SMD69700An
SMD69800An
SMD69600AGn
SMD69700AGn
SMD69800AGn
SMD69600ANTn
SMD69700ANTn
SMD69800ANTn
SMD69600ANGTn
SMD69700ANGTn
SMD69800ANGTn
Current Limiting
RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)
a Use
2-3TA4P8500 for 3-pole. These kits are rated for
90°C wire. 90°C Cu only cable must be used, and sized
per 75°C ampacity.
b For additional information, see Note: A, page 17/101.
c SMD6, SHMD6 and SCMD6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse connection applications.
Product Category: MCCB
Accessories pages 17/90 and 17/108 to 17/113
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
ND 1200A Frame Sentron Series
Selection
Ordering Information
Blue Label
Type NXD6 ah
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
0900
1000
1200
NXD62B900n
NXD62B100n
NXD62B120n
NXD63B900
NXD63B100
NXD63B120
Complete Breaker Unassembled
with Lugs
Prices of ND6 and HND6 breakers
include frame, trip, and both line and
load lugs (3TA4N8500). These catalog
numbers are the frame, trip and lugs
separately packaged. For applications
requiring different lugs, order
individual items as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled
without Lugs
Prices of NXD6, HNXD6, and
CND6 include frame with
non-interchangeable trip units
installed only. Order required
terminal connectors separately.
For line and load lugs (3TA4N8500)
installed, add suffix “L” to catalog
number (add 2 times list price of
lug kit).
100% Rated (3-Pole only)g
Types NXD6, HNXD6 and CND6
breakers are available with 100%
ratings. To order, add suffix “H” to
catalog number, and add 10% to
list price. 100% rated ND breakers
require 90°C Cu cable sized at 75°C
ampacity and lug kit 3TA4P8500
or 3TA3N8750.
Blue Label
Type ND6 h
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
Complete Breaker
Unassembled with Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC b
0800
0900
1000
1200
ND62B800n
ND62B900n
ND62B100n
ND62B120
ND62F120
MD62T800n
ND62T900n
ND62T100n
ND62T120
ND63F120
MD63T800
ND63T900
ND63T100
ND63T120
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC c
0800
0900
1000
1200
ND63B800
ND63B900
ND63B100
ND63B120
Interrupting Ratings
RMS Symmetrical Amperes (KA)
UL 489 A IR
Volts AC
Volts DC
Breaker
Type
240
480
600
250
500 c
ND6, NXD6
65
50
25
30 (2-P) 25 (3-P)
HND6, HNXD6
100
65
50
30 (2-P) 50 (3-P)
CND6
200
100
65
—
50 (3-P)
50°C Applications see page 17/104.
IEC 947-2
Volts AC (50/60HZ)
220/240
380/415
(lcu) (lcs) (lcu) (lcs)
65
33 40 20
100
50 65 33
—
— — —
400Hz Applications see page 17/104.
500
(lcu)
—
—
—
(lcs)
—
—
—
Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range
Nominal Instantaneous Values
Breaker Ampere
Rating
+20%
Tolerance
Low
2
3
4
5
6
7
+20%
Tolerance
High
800
4000
4570
5140
5710
6280
6850
7420
08000
900-1200
5000
5715
6430
7145
7860
8575
9290
10000
Lugs f
Catalog
Cables Wire
Number
per Lug Range
2
#1-500 kcmil Cu / Al
TA2K500
TA3K500
3
#1-500 kcmil Cu / Al
TC2K500
2
#1-500 kcmil Cu
TC3K350 3
#1-350 kcmil Cu
Kits (2 Kits required per breaker)
2TA4P8500 d
4
250-500 kcmil Cu / Al
3TA4P8500 d
e
2TA4N8500 4
250-500 kcmil Cu / Al
3TA4N8500 e
2TA2N8750 2
500-750 kcmil Cu / Al
3TA2N8750
2TA3N8750 3
500-750 kcmil Cu / Al
3TA3N8750
Enclosures
Type
1
3R
12
Neutral
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a NXD6
circuit breakers are UL listed for reverse
connection applications.
b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only.
c When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500VDC ungrounded UPS
systems only.
d Use 2 – 3TA4P8500 kits for 3-pole, or 2 – 2TA4P8500
kits for 2-pole. Rated for 90° C cable. Use for 100% rated
breakers.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
2 – 3TA4N8500 for 3-pole or 2 – 2TA4N8500 for
2-pole. Rated for 75°C cable.
Note: A, page 17/101.
g 80% rated breakers with the CE mark will also be
marked in the 100% rated version.
h HACR rated.
Note: ND frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.
See page 17/104 for additional information.
Catalog Number
MND61
MND63
MND612 n W63623
e Use
f See
Product Category: MCCB
Modifications page 17/104
Accessories pages 17/86 and 17/108 to 17/113
17/83
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
ND 1200A Frame Sentron Series
Selection/Dimensions
Type HNXD6 ad
Black Label
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker
Without Lugs)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
0900
1000
1200
2-Pole
600V AC/250V DC
3-Pole
600V AC/500V DC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
For 2-pole application
use outside poles of
3-pole circuit breaker
HNXD63B900
HNXD63B100
HNXD63B120
Black Label
Type HND6 d
Interchangeable Trip
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
Complete Breaker
Unassembled with Lugs
Frame Only
Trip Unit Only
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
2-Pole 600V AC, 250V DC b
0800
0900
1000
1200
For 2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit breaker
3-Pole 600V AC, 500V DC c
0800
0900
1000
1200
HND63B800
HND63B900
HND63B100
HND63B120
MD63T800
ND63T900
ND63T100
ND63T120
HND63F120
Type CND6 ad
Fuseless Current Limiting
Red Label
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker)
Continuous
Current Rating
@ 40°C
0900
1000
1200
2-Pole
3-Pole
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
For 2-pole application,
use outside poles of
3-pole circuit breaker
CND63B900n
CND63B100
CND63B120
Lugs
When lugs shield NDTS is used.
Note: NDTS lug shields are required when oversized lugs
TA4P8500 or TA4N8500 are used. The kits include
the NDTS shield.
Dimensions (in inches)
Shipping Weights
Breaker
Type
W L
D
Number of
Number per
Shipping
Poles
Carton
Weight (lbs.)
ND6, HND6, NXD6, HNXD6, CND6
Assembled Breaker (less terminals)
2
1
53
3
1
61.5
ND6, HND6 Frame Only
2
1
42.25
3
1
46
ND6, HND6 Trip Unit Only
2
1
04.5
3
1
06.5
D1
ND6, NXD6, HND6,
HNXD6, CND6, 9
SND6, SHND6, and
SCND6
16
6
8.25
with NDTS
lug shield
24
6
8.25
9
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a HNXD6
and CND6 circuit breakers are UL Listed for
reverse connection applications.
b 2-pole units available in 3-pole width only.
17/84
c When
wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded
UPS systems only.
d HACR rated.
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
SND 1200A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Seriesb
Selection
Current Limiting
Type SND6
Blue Label
Red Label
Black Label
3-Pole, 600V AC
Catalog
Number
SND69800An
SND69100An
SND69120An
SND69800AGn
SND69100AGn
SND69120AGn
SND69800ANTn
SND69100ANTn
SND69120ANTn
SND69800ANGTn
SND69100ANGTn
SND69120ANGTn
Type SCND6-A
Type SHND6
3-Pole, 600V AC
3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
Catalog
Number
SHND69800An
SHND69100An
SHND69120An
SHND69800AGn
SHND69100AGn
SHND69120AGn
SHND69800ANTn
SHND69100ANTn
SHND69120ANTn
SHND69800ANGTn
SHND69100ANGTn
SHND69120ANGTn
Max
Current
Rating
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
Catalog
Number
SCND69800An
SCND69100An
SCND69120An
SCND69800AGn
SCND69100AGn
SCND69120AGn
SCND69800ANTn
SCND69100ANTn
SCND69120ANTn
SCND69800ANGTn
SCND69100ANGTn
SCND69120ANGTn
SND 1200A Frame – 100% Rated a
Type SND6
Type SHND6
Blue Label
Catalog
Number
SND69800AHn
SND69100AHn
SND69120AHn
SND69800AGHn
SND69100AGHn
SND69120AGHn
SND69800ANTHn
SND69100ANTHn
SND69120ANTHn
SND69800ANGTHn
SND69100ANGTHn
SND69120ANGTHn
Current Limiting
Type SCND6-A
Red Label
Black Label
3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
Max
Current
Rating
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
3-Pole, 600V AC
3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Catalog
Current
Number
Rating
800
SHND69800AHn
1000
SHND69100AHn
1200
SHND69120AHn
800
SHND69800AGHn
1000
SHND69100AGHn
1200
SHND69120AGHn
800
SHND69800ANTHn
1000
SHND69100ANTHn
1200
SHND69120ANTHn
800
SHND69800ANGTHn
SHND69100ANGTHn 1000
SHND69120ANGTHn 1200
Catalog
Number
SCND69800AHn
SCND69100AHn
SCND69120AHn
SCND69800AGHn
SCND69100AGHn
SCND69120AGHn
SCND69800ANTHn
SCND69100ANTHn
SCND69120ANTHn
SCND69800ANGTHn
SCND69100ANGTHn
SCND69120ANGTHn
Max
Current
Rating
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
800
1000
1200
Trip Unit Adjustable Functions
Suffix
Cont
Long
Instan- Short
Short
Letter Trip
Current Time
taneous Time
Time
Code
Type
Setting Delay
Setting Pick Up Delay
Short
Time
Ground Ground
Fault
Fault
l2t
Pick Up Pick Up Delay
A
LI
u
u
AG
LIG
u
u
u
ANT
LSI
u
u
u
u
u
u
ANGT
LSIG
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
u
Neutral Transformers
Interrupting Ratings
Breaker
RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489 (File E10848)
Type
240V AC
480V AC
600V AC
SND6
SHND6
SCND6
065
100
200
050
065
100
25
50
65
Ampere
Rating
Catalog Number
0800
1000
1200
N08SMDA
N10SNDA
N12SNDA
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
For ordering information and terminal connectors,
and enclosures, see page 17/83.
Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit
breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.
For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral)
transformer as separate and additional item.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a Use
2-3TA4P8500 for 3-pole. These kits are rated for
90°C wire. 90°C Cu only cable must be used, and sized
per 75°C ampacity.
b SND6, SHND6 and SCND6 circuit breakers are UL
Listed for reverse connection applications.
Product Category: MCCB
17/85
Molded Case Circuit Breaker
Internal Accessories
Selection
Accessories for:
MD/SMD 800A Frame
ND/SND 1200A Frame
PD/SPD 1600A Frame
RD 2000A Frame
Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage
1 Shunt Trip
1 Shunt Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
120
208
240
277
480
600
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
DC
012
024
048
125
250
S01MN6
S02MN6s
S03MN6
S15MN6s
S04MN6s
S06MN6s
S16MN6s
S07MN6
S09MN6s
S11MN6
S13MN6s
S01MN64A
—
S03MN64As
S15MN64As
S04MN64As
—
S16MN64As
S07MN64A
—
S11MN64As
S13MN64As
Undervoltage Trip Combinations
Accessory modules can mount in either
left hand or right hand poles of all circuit
breakers, including solid state. Exception:
when mechanical interlock is used.
Accessories cannot be mounted in left
pole.
Control Voltage
1 Undervoltage Trip
1 Undervoltage Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Undervoltage Trip and
2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
120
208
240
277
480
600
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
DC
024
048
125
250
U01MN6
U02MN6s
U03MN6s
U15MN6s
U04MN6s
U06MN6s
U07MN6
U09MN6s
U11MN6s
U13MN6s
U01MN64A
U02MN64As
U03MN64As
U15MN64As
U04MN64As
—
U07MN64A
U09MN64As
U11MN64As
U13MN64As
U01MN64AA
U02MN64AAs
U03MN64AAs
U15MN64AAs
U04MN64AAs
—
U07MN64AA
U09MN64AAs
U11MN64AAs
U13MN64AAs
Auxiliary Switch Combinations
Maximum
Voltage
1 Form C
2 Form C
AC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
A01MN64
A01MNDLVs
A02MN64
A02MNDLVs
DC
480
—
250
12
Alarm Switch Combinations
Maximum
Voltage
AC
480
DC
250
1 Alarm Switch
1 Alarm Switch and
1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Alarm Switch and
2 Auxiliary Switches
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
B00MN64
A01MN64B
A02MN64B
Plug-in Ammeter Display Units
Breaker Type
Description
SMD, SND, SPD
Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit
Catalog Number
SADU
SADURMK18
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
17/86
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
PD 1600A Frame Sentron Series
Selection
Type PXD6 b Non-Interchangeable Trip e
3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V
Blue Label
DC a
Complete Breaker Assembled
(Frame/ Trip Unit Only)
Catalog Number
PXD63B120n
PXD63B140n
PXD63B160
Continuous
Current
Rating @ 40°C
1200
1400
1600
Mounting Assembly
Catalog Number
MB9301
-orMBR9302
Lugs (6 required)
Catalog Number
TA5P600
Type PD6 Interchangeable Trip e
Blue Label
3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a
Continuous
Current
Rating @
40°C
1200
1400
1600
Complete Breaker
Unassembled
Catalog
Number
PD63B120n
PD63B140
PD63B160
Frame Only
Catalog
Number
Trip Unit Only
Catalog
Number
PD63T120n
PD63T140
PD63T160
PD63F160
Mounting
Assembly
Catalog
Number
MB9301
-orMBR9302
Lugs (6 required)
Catalog
Number
TA5P600
Type HPXD6 b Non-Interchangeable Trip e
Blue Label
3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a
Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only)
Catalog Number
HPXD63B120n
HPXD63B140n
HPXD63B160
Continuous Current
Rating @ 40°C
1200
1400
1600
Type HPD6 Interchangeable Trip e
Black Label
3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a
Continuous
Current
Rating @
40°C
1200
1400
1600
Complete Breaker
Unassembled
Catalog
Number
HPD63B120n
HPD63B140
HPD63B160
Frame Only
Catalog
Number
Trip Unit Only
Catalog
Number
PD63T120n
PD63T140
PD63T160
HPD63F160
Mounting
Assembly
Catalog
Number
MB9301
-orMBR9302
Complete Breaker Unassembled
with Lugs
Prices of PD6, HPD6, RD6, and HRD6
type breakers include frame, trip,
mounting base (MB9301), and both
line and load lugs (PD Frame –
TA5P600, RD Frame – TC5R600). When
ordered by these catalog numbers, the
customer will receive the frame, trip,
mounting assembly and lugs
separately packaged. For applications
requiring different mounting base or
lugs, order individual items as needed.
Complete Breaker Assembled
without Lugs
Prices of PXD6, HPXD6, RXD6, HRXD6
and CPD6 type breakers include frame
with non-interchangeable trip unit
installed only. Order required
mounting base and lugs separately.
100% Rated (3-Pole only)
Types PXD6, HPXD6 breakers are
available with 100% ratings. To order
add suffix “H” to catalog number,
and 10% to list price. 100% PD
breakers require 90˚ C cable sized
at 75˚ C ampacity and TC5R600 lugs.
RD 2000A Frames not available with
100% ratings.
50°C Applications see page 17/104.
400HZ Applications see page 17/104.
Lugs (6 required)
Catalog
Number
TA5P600
Type CPD6 Non-Interchangeable Trip e
Fuseless Current Limiting
3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a
Ordering Instructions
Red Label
Lugs (6 required per breaker)d
Catalog
Number
TA5P600
TC5R600
TA4P750s
TA6R600
No of
Cables per
Connector
1-5
1-5 1-4
1-6 Wire Range
300-600 kcmil Cu/Al
300-600 kcmil Cu only
500-750 kcmil Cu/Al
300-600 kcmil Cu/Al
Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only)
Catalog Number
CPD63B120n
CPD63B140n
CPD63B160n
Continuous Current
Rating @ 40°C
1200
1400
1600
Interrupting Ratings
UL 489 A IR
RMS Symmetrical KA
Breaker
Type
Volts AC
PD6, PXD6
240
480
65
50
Volts DC a
600
250
500
25
30 (2P)
25 (3P)
HPD6, HPXD6
100
65
50
30 (2P)
50 (3P)
CPD6
200
100
65
30 (2P)
50 (3P)
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
a Use
two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for 250V
b When wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded UPS
systems only.
HPXD6 and CPD6 type circuit breakers are UL Listed for reverse feed applications.
d For additional information See Note: A, page 17/101.
c PXD6,
e HACR rated.
Note: PD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.
See page 17/104 for additional information.
17/87
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
SPD 1600A Frame Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series
Selection/Dimensions
Ordering Information Pricing information for all Digital Sentron Series PD frame unit is for breaker
only. Price required mounting block assembly and necessary terminal
connectors as separate items.
SPD6 and SHPD6 are acceptable for reverse connection applications.
Type SPD6
Type SHPD6
Blue Label
Black Label
3-Pole, 600V AC
3-Pole, 600V AC
Max
Current
Rating
1400
1600
1400
1600
1400
1600
1400
1600
Catalog
Number
SPD69140n
SPD69160n
SPD69140Gn
SPD69160Gn
SPD69140NTn
SPD69160NTn
SPD69140NGTn
SPD69160NGTn
Max
Current
Rating
1400
1600
1400
1600
1400
1600
1400
1600
Catalog
Number
SHPD69140n
SHPD69160n
SHPD69140Gn
SHPD69160Gn
SHPD69140NTn
SHPD69160NTn
SHPD69140NGTn
SHPD69160NGTn
Lugsa
No. of
Catalog Cables per Wire
Number Connector Range
300–600 kcmil Cu/Al
TA5P600 1–5 pcs.
TC5R600 1–5 pcs.
TA6R600 1–6 pcs.
300–600 kcmil Cu Only
300–600 kcmil Cu/Al
Neutral Transformers
Suffix
Cont
Long
Instan- Short
Short
Letter Trip
Current Time
taneous Time
Time
Code
Type
Setting Delay
Setting Pick Up Delay
Short
Time
Ground Ground
Fault
Fault
l2t
Pick Up Pick Up Delay
LI
u
u
u
G
LIG
u
u
u
NT
LSI
u
u
u
u
u
u
NGT
LSIG
u
u
u
u
u
u
SPD6
SHPD6
1400
1600
N14SPD
N16SPD
u
Type
Catalog Number
u
u
1
PRD6N1
Mounting Block (Required)b
Breaker
Type
u
Interrupting Ratings
Ampere
Rating
Catalog Number
Enclosure
None
RMS Symmetrical kA UL 489
240V AC
480V AC
600V AC
Catalog Number
065
100
050
065
025
050
MB9301
MBR9302
All PD, RD Frames:
MB9301 (shown)
MBR9302
MBR9302
MB9301
MBR9302
MB9301
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
additional information, see Note: A, page 17/101.
bThe PD frame circuit breaker requires the use of a
connect-all mounting assembly to allow for placing into
service.
a For
17/88
Note: “G” suffix in catalog number denotes circuit
breaker for 3-phase, 3-wire circuits.
For 3-phase, 4-wire, order correct 4th wire (neutral)
transformer as separate and additional item.
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
RD 2000A Frame Sentron Series
Selection
Type RXD6 d
Blue Label
3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a
Non-Interchangeable Trip (Assembled Circuit Breaker Only Without Lugs)
Complete Breaker Assembled
(Frame/ Trip Unit Only)
Catalog Number
RXD63B160
RXD63B180
RXD63B200
Continuous
Current
Rating @ 40°C
1600
1800
2000
Mounting Assembly
Catalog Number
MB9301
-orMBR9302
Lugs (6 required)
Catalog Number
TC5R600
Type RD6 d
Blue Label
3-Pole 600V AC, 250-500V DC a
Interchangeable Trip (Unassembled Circuit Breaker with Lugs)
Continuous
Current
Rating @
40°C
1600
1800
2000
Complete Breaker
Unassembled
Catalog
Number
RD63B160n
RD63B180
RD63B200
Frame Only
Catalog
Number
RD63F200
Trip Unit Only
Catalog
Number
RD63T160n
RD63T180
RD63T200
Mounting
Assembly
Catalog
Number
MB9301
-orMBR9302
TC5R600
Black Label
Type HRXD6 d
Complete Breaker Assembled (Frame/Trip Unit Only)
Catalog Number
HRXD63B160n
HRXD63B180n
HRXD63B200
Continuous Current
Rating @ 40°C
1600
1800
2000
Black Label
Type HRD6 d
Continuous
Current
Rating @
40°C
1600
1800
2000
Lugs (6 required)
Catalog
Number
Complete Breaker
Unassembled
Catalog
Number
HRD63B160n
HRD63B180
HRD63B200
Frame Only
Catalog
Number
HRD63F200
Trip Unit Only
Catalog
Number
RD63T160n
RD63T180
RD63T200
Mounting
Assembly
Catalog
Number
MB9301
-orMBR9302
Lugs (6 required)
Catalog
Number
TC5R600
RMS Symmetrical KA
Breaker
Type
Volts AC
RD6, RXD6
HRD6, HRXD6
Volts DC a
240
480
600
250
500
65
50
25
30 (2P)
25 (3P)
100
65
50
30 (2P)
50 (3P)
Connection Points
MB9301
MBR9302
Front
Rear
Shipping Weights
Number of
Number per
Poles
Carton
PXD6, HPXD6, RXD6, HRXD6,
Assembled Breakers
3
1
PD6, HPD6, RD6, HRD6
Frame Only
3
1
PD6, RD6
Trip Unit Only
3
1
Mounting Assembly
MB9301
1
MBR9302
1
Catalog
Number
TC5R600
TA6R600
UL 489 A IR
Catalog
Number
Shipping
Weight (lbs.)
CPD6
61.5
55.0
06.5
53.0
50.9
Lugs (6 required per breaker)e
Interrupting Ratings
Mounting Block
No of
Cables per
Connector Wire Range
1-5 300-600 kcmil Cu only
1-6 300-600 kcmil Cu/Al
Instantaneous Adjustment Trip Range (PD / RD Frames)
Breaker Ampere
Rating
1200-2000
Nominal Instantaneous Values
+20%
Tolerance
Low
2
3
4
5
6
7
5000
5715
6430
7145 7860
8575
9790
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
a Use
two outside poles of a 3-pole circuit breaker for
250V DC applications.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
b When
+20%
Tolerance
High
10,000
wired as shown on page 17/5, this circuit breaker is
UL listed and rated for use on 500V DC ungrounded
UPS systems only.
c RXD6 and HRXD6 type circuit breakers are UL Listed for
reverse feed applications.
Product Category: MCCB
d HACR
rated.
additional information See Note: A, page 17/101
Note: RD frame qualified to UL489 supplement B “NAVAL”.
See page 17/104 for additional information.
 For required mounting base (MB9301 or MBR9302) see
page 17/88.
e For
17/89
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Internal Accessories
Selection/Dimensions
Accessories for:
MD/SMD 800A Frame
ND/SND 1200A Frame
PD/SPD 1600A Frame
RD 2000A Frame
Shunt Trip Combinations
Control Voltage
1 Shunt Trip
1 Shunt Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch
AC
120
208
240
277
480
600
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
DC
012
024
048
125
250
S01MN6
S02MN6s
S03MN6
S15MN6s
S04MN6s
S06MN6s
S16MN6s
S07MN6
S09MN6s
S11MN6
S13MN6s
S01MN64A
—
S03MN64As
S15MN64As
S04MN64As
—
S16MN64As
S07MN64A
—
S11MN64As
S13MN64As
Undervoltage Trip Combinations
Accessory modules can mount in either
left hand or right hand poles of all circuit
breakers, including solid state. Exception:
when mechanical interlock is used.
Accessories cannot be mounted in left
pole.
Control Voltage
1 Undervoltage Trip
1 Undervoltage Trip and
1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Undervoltage Trip and
2 Auxiliary Switches
AC
120
208
240
277
480
600
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
DC
024
048
125
250
Sensitrip Ammeter
U01MN6
U02MN6s
U03MN6s
U15MN6s
U04MN6s
U06MN6s
U07MN6
U09MN6s
U11MN6s
U13MN6s
U01MN64A
U02MN64As
U03MN64As
U15MN64As
U04MN64As
—
U07MN64A
U09MN64As
U11MN64As
U13MN64As
U01MN64AA
U02MN64AAs
U03MN64AAs
U15MN64AAs
U04MN64AAs
—
U07MN64AA
U09MN64AAs
U11MN64AAs
U13MN64AAs
Auxiliary Switch Combinations
Maximum
Voltage
1 Form C
2 Form C
AC
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
A01MN64
A01MNDLVs
A02MN64
A02MNDLVs
DC
480
—
250
12
Alarm Switch Combinations
The Ammeter Display Units plug into
the Sensitrip Trip Unit and displays
the phase current flowing in the
breaker. They are powered by the
breaker’s CT’s with replaceable
battery back-up for maintaining trip
and max logs.
The SADU reads currents, current
imbalance, current demand, and trip
status.
Maximum
Voltage
AC
480
DC
250
1 Alarm Switch
1 Alarm Switch and
1 Auxiliary Switch
1 Alarm Switch and
2 Auxiliary Switches
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
B00MN64
A01MN64B
A02MN64B
Plug-in Ammeter Display Units
Breaker Type
Description
SMD, SND, SPD
Display Unit
Remote Mounting Kit
Catalog Number
SADU
SADURMK18
Ammeter Mounting Kit
The Ammeter may also be panel or
door mounted using the SADURMK18
remote mounting kit.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
17/90
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Magnetic Trip Only — ETI Motor Circuit Protector
Selection
Instantaneous Trip Range b
Complete Circuit Breaker Without Lugs e
Breaker
Ampere
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Type
Rating
Minimum c
Maximum c
2-Pole
3-Pole
600V AC
250V DC
600V AC
250V DC
d
600V AC
250V DC
d
600V
AC
250V DC
a
600V AC
250V DC
a
600V AC
250V DC
a
600V AC
250V DC
a
600V AC
250V DC
d
600V AC
250V DC
d
600V AC
250V DC
HEM
ED6-A
CED6-A
FXD6
CFD6
JXD6(A)
CJD6
LXD6(A)
CLD6
LMXD6
MXD6
d
600V AC
250V DC
CMD6
3
9
33
—
7
021
77
—
015
045
165
—
030
090
330
—
50
0150
550
—
70
0210
770
—
0100
0300
1100
—
SHIPPING:
001
002.6
00009
—
002
007
00022
—
003
010
00035
—
005
016
00054
—
010
030
00100
—
025
055
00180
—
030
080
00270
—
040
115
00375
—
050
180
00600
—
100
315
01000
—
125
500
01250
—
SHIPPING:
001
002.6
00009
—
002
007
00022
—
003
010
00035
—
005
016
00054
—
010
030
00100
—
025
055
00180
—
030
080
00270
—
040
115
00375
—
050
180
00600
—
100
315
01000
—
125
500
01250
—
SHIPPING:
150
0400
00800
—
150
0800
01500
—
150
1100
02500
—
250
1100
02500
—
SHIPPING:
0
150
0400
00800
—
150
0800
01500
—
150
1100
02500
—
250
1100
02500
—
SHIPPING:
12 lbs. each
400
1250
02500
—
400
2000
04000
JXD62H400n
SHIPPING:
16 lbs. each
400
1250
02500
—
04000
—
400
2000
SHIPPING:
29.5 lbs. each
600
2000
04000
LXD62L600n
600
3000 06000
—
SHIPPING:
16 lbs. each
600
2000
04000
—
600
3000
06000
—
SHIPPING:
800
2800
06000
—
800
3200
08000
—
SHIPPING:
800
3000
06000
—
800
4000
08000
—
800
5000
10000
—
SHIPPING:
800
3000
06000
—
800
4000
08000
—
800
5000
10000
—
SHIPPING:
Important Information
ETI interrupting ratings are determined through combination tests with properly sized overload relays and contactors.
e Connectors included when ordering by circuit breaker catalog number for HEM, ED and CED6 ETIs. Order ETI
circuit breaker and lugs (2 per pole) separately for the FXD6, CFD6, MXD6, CMD6, JXD6, CJD6, LXD6 and CLD6 ETI’s.
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a 2-pole
available in 3-pole width only.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
b When
applied on DC Circuits — Trip levels will increase
approximately +15 to 20%.
-20%/+30% for lowest setting. All other set-
c Tolerance
Product Category: MCCB
HEM3M003L
HEM3M007L
HEM3M015L
HEM3M030L
HEM3M050L
HEM3M070L
HEM3M100L
3.7 lbs. each
ED63A001
ED63A002
ED63A003
ED63A005
ED63A010
ED63A025
ED63A030
ED63A040
ED63A050
ED63A100
ED63A125
03.8 lbs. each
CED63A001n
CED63A002n
CED63A003n
CED63A005n
CED63A010n
CED63A025n
CED63A030n
CED63A040n
CED63A050n
CED63A100n
CED63A125n
06 lbs. each
FXD63L150n
FXD63A150
FXD63H150
FXD63A250
09 lbs. each
CFD63L150n
CFD63A150n
CFD63H150n
CFD63A250n
12 lbs. each
JXD63L400
JXD63H400
20 lbs. each
CJD63L400n
CJD63H400n
31.5 lbs. each
LXD63L600n
LXD63H600
20 lbs. each
CLD63L600n
CLD63H600n
31.5 lbs. each
LMXD63L800n
LMXD63A800
35 lbs. each
MXD63L800n
MXD63A800n
MXD63H800
33 lbs. each
CMD63L800n
CMD63A800n
CMD63H800n
80 lbs. each
Lug Information pages 17/101 to 17/103
Accessories pages 17/108 to 17/113
Application data pages 17/92 to 17/93
tings are -20%/+20%
2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit
breaker.
d For
17/91
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Motor Circuits
Application
General
continuous-current ratings of at least
115% of motor full-load currents. The
trip-setting positions are approximately
11 times motor full-load currents. The
suggested trip settings may have to be
adjusted upward to no higher than 1300%
of full-load current for non-design E type
motors, and no greater than 1700% of full
load current for design E motors, to allow
for motor start-up due to inrush currents.
Protection of Motor Circuits
Molded case circuit breakers are used in
motor circuits as a disconnecting means
and for short-circuit protection. They
should be used in conjunction with
motor-running, over-current-protection
devices, and should permit the motor
to start without nuisance tripping from
motor-inrush current. The circuit breaker
should have a continuous-current rating
of not less than 115% of the motor
full-load current.
The recommended motor circuit
protectors (Siemens ETI instantaneous
only circuit breakers) listed have
Breaker Mounted Immediately Ahead
of Motor Starter
Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors are
recommended for use in combination
motor starters to provide selective
short-circuit protection for the motor
branch circuit. The adjustable
instantaneous-trip feature of the Siemens
ETI motor circuit protector provides for a
trip setting slightly above the peak
motor-inrush current. With this setting,
no delay is introduced in opening the
circuit when a fault occurs. This circuit
breaker has no time-delay trip element.
Therefore it must be used in conjunction
with, and immediately ahead of, the
motor-running overcurrent protective
device.
Important: The information below does
not apply to all motor applications: it
is recommended that the user refer to
the National Electrical Code (NEC) for
specific needs.
Table 1 (When Breaker is Mounted Immediately Ahead of Motor Starter)
3-Phase Induction Type Motors (Siemens ETI motor circuit protectors for branch circuit use with alternating-current combination, full voltage motor starters).
Motor Full Load
Catalog
Amperes
Number
ETI Trip Setting
Adjustment
Amperes
Motor Full
Catalog
Load Amperes Number
ETI Trip Setting
Adjustment
Amperes
Motor Full
Catalog
Load Amperes Number
ETI Trip Setting
Adjustment Amperes
A (min)
B
C
D
E
F (max)
A (min)
B
C
D
E
F (max)
A (min)
B
C
D
E
F (max)
A (min)
B
C
D
E
F (max)
A (min)
B
C
D
E
F (max)
A (min)
B
C
D
E
F (max)
A (min)
B
C
D
E
F (max)
Low
2
3
4
High
Low
2
3
4
High
Low
2
3
4
High
Low
2
3
4
High
Low
2
3
4
High
Low
2
3
4
High
Low
2
3
4
High
Low
2
3
4
High
Low
2
3
4
High
Low
2
3
4
High
Low
2
3
4
High
Low
2
4
6
7
High
Low
2
4
6
7
High
Low 2
4
6
7
High
95.00 – 110.00 110.00 – 124.00 138.00 – 151.00 JXD63L400
165.00 – 178.00 CJD63L400
178.00 – 192.00 192.00 – 227.00 154.00 – 176.00 176.00 – 198.00 220.00 – 242.00 JXD63H400
264.00 – 285.00 CJD63H400
285.00 – 308.00 308.00 – 326.00 155.00 – 176.00 176.00 – 198.00 220.00 – 242.00 LXD63L600
264.00 – 285.00 CLD63L600
285.00 – 308.00 308.00 – 326.00
231.00 – 264.00
264.00 – 292.00 330.00 – 362.00 LXD63H600
395.00 – 428.00 CLD63H600
428.99 – 462.00 462.00 – 490.00 215.00 – 238.00 238.00 – 261.00 261.00 – 284.00 308.00 – 369.00 LMXD63L800
369.00 – 423.00 423.00 – 462.00 462.00 – 490.00 246.00 – 269.00 269.00 – 284.00 284.00 – 323.00 362.00 – 492.00 LMXD63A800
492.00 – 562.00 562.00 – 616.00 616.00 – 660.00 231.00 – 264.00 264.00 – 292.00 292.00 – 330.00 362.00 – 395.00 MXD63L800
428.00 – 462.00 CMD63L800
462.00 – 490.00 308.00 – 352.00 352.00 – 442.00 442.00 – 447.00 483.00 – 527.00 MXD63A800
571.00 – 616.00 CMD63A800
616.00 – 660.00 385.00 – 440.00 495.00 – 550.00 MXD63H800
605.00 – 660.00 CMD63H800
660.00 – 695.00 Low
2
4
6
7
High
Low
2
4
6
7
High
Low 2
4
6
7
High
Low
2
4
6
7
High
Low
2
3
5
6
7
High
Low
2
3
5
6
7
High
Low
2
3
5
7
High
Low
2
3
5
7
High
Low
3
5
6
0.69 –
1.1 –
1.6 –
2.0 –
2.3 –
2.6 –
1.5 –
2.6 –
3.7 –
4.8 –
5.3 –
5.8 –
3.4 –
5.7 –
8.0 –
10.4 –
11.5 –
12.7 –
3.9 –
11.5 –
16.1 –
20.7 –
23.0 –
25.3 –
11.5 –
19.2 –
26.9 –
34.6 –
38.4 –
42.2 –
16.1 –
26.9 –
37.6 –
48.4 –
53.8 –
59.2 –
23.0 –
38.4 –
53.8 –
69.2 –
76.9 –
84.6 –
.20 –
.34 –
.46 –
.57 –
.69 –
.53 –
.84 –
1.15 –
1.46 –
1.69 –
.76 –
1.30 –
1.76 –
2.30 –
2.69 –
0.91
1.3
1.7
2.2 HEM3M003L
2.5
2.8
2.0
3.1
3.9
5.2 HEM3M007L
5.7
6.1
4.5
6.8
9.1
11.4 HEM3M015L
12.6
13.0
9.1
13.7
18.3
22.9 HEM3M030L
25.2
26.1
15.2
22.9
30.6
38.3 HEM3M050L
42.1
43.5
30.6
32.2
42.9
53.7 HEM3M070L
59.1
60.9
30.9
46.0
61.4
76.8 HEM3M100L
84.5
87.0
.33
.45
.56 ED63A001
.68 CED63A001
.81
.83
1.14
1.45 ED63A002
1.68 CED63A002
2.00
1.29
1.75
2.29 ED63A003
2.68 CED63A003
3.18
9
15
21
27
30
33
21
35
49
63
70
77
45
75
100
135
150
165
90
150
210
270
300
330
150
250
350
450
500
550
210
350
490
630
700
770
300
500
700
900
1000
1100
2.6
4.5
6
7.5
9
7
11
15
19
22
10
17
23
30
35
1.23 – 1.99
2.00 – 2.75
2.76 – 3.52 ED63A005
3.53 – 4.14 CED63A005
4.15 – 4.90
2.30 – 3.83
3.84 – 5.37
5.38 – 6.52 ED63A010
6.53 – 7.68 CED63A010
7.69 – 9.10
4.23 – 6.91
6.92 – 9.61
9.62 – 11.91 ED63A025
11.92 – 13.83 CED63A025
13.84 – 16.40
6.15 – 10.37
10.38 – 14.22
14.23 – 18.06 ED63A030
18.07 – 20.75 CED63A030
20.76 – 24.50
8.84 – 14.22
14.23 – 19.60
19.61 – 24.99 ED63A040
25.00 – 28.83 CED63A040
28.84 – 34.00
13.84 – 23.06
23.07 – 31.52
31.53 – 39.99 ED63A050
40.00 – 46.14 CED63A050
46.15 – 54.50
24.23 – 41.52
41.53 – 56.91
56.92 – 68.45 ED63A100
68.46 – 76.91 CED63A100
76.92 – 90.90
38.46 – 55.37
55.38 – 70.75 70.76 – 84.60 ED63A125
84.61 – 96.14 CED63A125
96.15 – 113.60 30.76 – 35.37 35.38 – 39.99 44.51 – 49.23 FXD63L150
53.84 – 58.45 CFD63L150
58.46 – 63.06 63.07 – 74.50 61.53 – 69.22 69.23 – 76.91 84.61 – 92.29 FXD63A150
100.00 – 108.00 CFD63A150
108.00 – 115.00 115.00 – 136.00 85.00 – 100.00 100.00 – 115.00 131.00 – 146.00 FXD63A250
162.00 – 177.00 CFD63A250
177.00 – 192.00 192.00 – 227.00 16
26
36
46
54
30
50
70
85
100
55
90
125
155
180
80
135
185
235
270
115
185
255
325
375
180
300
410
520
600
315
540
740
890
1000
500
720
920
1100
1250
400
460
580
700
760
820
800
900
1100
1300
1400
1500
1100
1300
1700
2100
2300
2500
1250
1430
1790
2140
2320
2500
2000
2290
2860
3430
3710
4000
2000
2290
2860
3430
3710
4000
3000
3430
4290
5140
5570
6000
2800
3100
3400
4000
4800
5500
6000
3200
3500
3700
4700
6400
7300
8000
3000
3430
3800
4710
5570
6000
4000
4570
5740
6280
7240
8000
5000
6430
7860
8575
Note: Lowest instantaneous settings have a -20%/+30% tolerance and all
other settings have a -20%/+20% tolerance.
17/92
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Motor Circuits
Application
Breaker Mounted at a Distance From
Motor Starter
ET thermal-magnetic circuit breakers
conform to the National Electrical Code
table 430-152 requirements for motor
branch and feeder circuit protection
when properly applied in conjunction with
motor-running overcurrent protective
devices. The recommended
circuit-breaker ratings in Table 2 provide
adequate time delay for starting the
majority of three phase induction motors.
To determine the ampere ratings of the ET
breaker to protect a motor feeder, add the
rating of the ET breaker used to protect
the largest motor branch circuit in the
group to the full-load currents of the
remaining motors in the group.
Interrupt Ratings
For normal commercial purposes,
available fault current can conveniently
be obtained in the Interrupting
Selector Tables.
Table 2 (When Breaker is Mounted at a Distance From Motor Starter)
3-Phase Induction Type Motors (EQ and ET circuit breakers (thermal-magnetic trip) for branch breaker use with alternating-current combination motor starters).
200 and 208V Motors
230V Motors
460V Motors
575V Motors
Motor 240V Circuit Breaker Data a
240V Circuit Breaker Data a
480V Circuit Breaker Data a
600V Circuit Breaker Data a
Horse power Breaker Catalog
Ampere Breaker Catalog
Ampere Breaker
Catalog
Ampere Breaker
Catalog
Ampere
Rating Type
Number
Rating Type
Number
Rating Type
Number
Rating Type
Number
Rating
0001⁄2
BQ3B015
015
BQ3B015
015
ED43B015
015
ED63B015
015
BQ3B015
015
BQ3B015
015
ED43B015
015
ED63B015
015
0003⁄4
BQ3B015
015
BQ3B015
015
ED43B015
015
ED63B015
015
001
BQ b
ED4
ED6
BQ b
BQ3B015
015
BQ3B015
015
ED43B015
015
ED63B015
015
0011⁄2
002
BQ3B020
020
BQ3B015
015
ED43B015
015
ED63B015
015
003
BQ3B030
030
BQ3B020
020
ED43B015
015
ED63B015
015
005
BQ3B040
040
BQ3B030
030
ED43B015
015
ED63B015
015
BQ3B060
060
BQ3B050
050
ED43B030
030
ED63B020
020
0071⁄2
b
b
BQ3B070
070
BQ BQ3B070
070
ED4
ED43B030
030
ED6
ED63B030
030
010
BQ 015
BQ3B100
100
BQ3B090
090
ED43B040
040
ED63B035
035
020
BQ3B100
100
ED43B050
050
ED63B050
050
025
FXD63B125 125
FXD63B125
125
FXD63B090 090
FXD63B060
060
030
FXD63B150 150
FXD63B150
150
FXD63B100 100
FXD63B070
070
FXD6
040
FXD6
FXD63B175 175
FXD6
FXD63B175
175
FXD6
FXD63B125 125
FXD63B090
090
050
FXD63B200 200
FXD63B200
200
FXD63B150 150
FDX63B100
100
FXD63B225 225
060
JXD2
JXD23B300 300
—
—
—
FXD6, FD6 FXD63B150 150
FXD6
FXD63B100
100
075
JXD2
JXD23B400 400
JXD2
JXD23B350
350
FXD6, FD6 FXD63B200 200
FXD6, FD6 FXD63B125
125
FD63B250
250
100
FD6 c
FXD6, FD6 FD63B175
175
JXD2
JXD23B400 400
JXD2
JXD23B400
400
c
JD63B250
250
JD6 125
LD6 c or LD63B600
LD6 c or LD63B500 or 500
FXD6, FD6 FXD63B200
200
600
JD6 c JD63B300
300
200
LMD6
LMD63B600 LMD6
LMD63B500 OR JD6 c JD63B200
c
150
LD6 or LD63B600 or
LD63B600 or 600
FXD6 or
FXD63B225
225
600
LMD6
JD6 c JD63B300
300
JD63B225
225
LMD6
LMD63B600 LMD63B600 JD6 c 200
LMD6
LMD63B800 800
LMD6
LMD63B800 800
JD6 c JD63B350
350
JD6 c JD63B300
300
JD63B400
400
JD6 c JD63B400
400
250
—
—
—
—
—
—
JD6 c c
LD63B600 or 600
300
LD6 or
JD6 c JD63B400
400
—
—
—
—
—
—
LMD6
LMD63B600
LD63B500 or 500
350
LD6 c or
—
—
—
—
—
—
LMD6
LMD63B700 700
LMD6
LMD63B500
LD63B600 or 600
400
LD6 c or
—
—
—
—
—
—
LMD6
LMD63B800 800
LMD6
LMD63B600
500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LMD6
LMD63B800
800
a The
selection of breakers for this table is in accordance with
Article 430, 2005 National Electric Code. Recommended
circuit breakers are for full voltage starting, special
consideration is necessary for reduced voltage starting.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
b For
panelboard applications, substitute the BL breaker for
the BQ, ED2 circuit breakers may also be used.
c For
non-interchangeable trip applications, substitute the
FXD6 for the FD6, the JXD6 for the JD6, or the LXD6 for
the LD6.
17/93
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Adjustable Installments Magnetic Trip Settings
Application
Breaker
Type
Maximum
Continuous
Amperes
Nominal
AC Adjustable Trip Range
Low
2
3
4
5
6
7
High
ETI Motor Circuit Protector
Catalog Number
3-Pole
Thermal Magnetic
Catalog Number
2-Pole
3-Pole
HEM
ED6
CED6
FXD6-A
FD6-A
HFD6
HHFD6
CFD6
3
7
15
30
50
70
100
1
2
3
5
10
25
30
40
50
100
125
1
2
3
5
10
25
30
40
50
100
125
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
150
150
175
200
225
250
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
150
150
175
200
225
250
9
21
45
90
150
210
300
2.6
7
10
16
30
55
80
115
180
315
500
2.6
7
10
16
30
55
80
115
180
315
500
600
600
600
700
700
800
400
800
1100
900
900
1100
1100
600
600
600
700
700
800
800
900
900
1100
1100
600
600
600
700
700
800
800
900
900
1100
1100
600
600
600
700
700
800
800
900
900
1100
1100
600
600
600
700
700
800
400
800
1100
900
900
1100
1100
HEM3M003L
HEM3M007L
HEM3M015L
HEM3M030L
HEM3M050L
HEM3M070L
HEM3M100L
ED63A001
ED63A002
ED63A003
ED63A005
ED63A010
ED63A025
ED63A030
ED63A040
ED63A050
ED63A100
ED63A125
CED63A001 n
CED63A002n
CED63A003n
CED63A005n
CED63A010n
CED63A025n
CED63A030n
CED63A040n
CED63A050
CED63A100
CED63A125
—
—
—
—
—
—
FXD63L150
FXD63A150
FXD63H150
—
—
—
FXD63A250
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CFD63L150
CFD63A150
CFD63H150
—
—
—
CFD63A250
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
FXD62B070
FXD62B080
FXD62B090
FXD62B100
FXD62B110
FXD62B125
—
FXD62B150
—
FXD62B175
FXD62B200
FXD62B225
FXD62B250
FD62B070
FD62B080
FD62B090
FD62B100
FD62B110
FD62B125
FD62B150
FD62B175
FD62B200
FD62B225
FD62B250
HFD62B070
HFD62B080
HFD62B090
HFD62B100
HFD62B110
HFD62B125
HFD62B150
HFD62B175
HFD62B200
HFD62B225
HFD62B250
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CFD62B070
CFD62B080
CFD62B090
CFD62B100
CFD62B110
CFD62B125
—
CFD62B150
—
CFD62B175
CFD62B200
CFD62B225
CFD62B250
15
35
75
150
250
350
500
4.5
11
17
26
50
90
135
185
300
540
720
4.5
11
17
26
50
90
135
185
300
540
720
640
640
640
770
770
900
460
900
1300
1060
1060
1300
1300
640
640
640
770
770
900
900
1060
1060
1300
1300
640
640
640
770
770
900
900
1060
1060
1300
1300
640
640
640
770
770
900
900
1060
1060
1300
1300
640
640
640
770
770
900
460
900
1300
1060
1060
1300
1300
21
49
100
210
350
490
700
6
15
23
36
70
125
185
255
410
740
920
6
15
23
36
70
125
185
255
410
740
920
690
690
690
840
840
1000
520
1000
1500
1210
1210
1500
1500
690
690
690
840
840
1000
1000
1210
1210
1500
1500
690
690
690
840
840
1000
1000
1210
1210
1500
1500
690
690
690
840
840
1000
1000
1210
1210
1500
1500
690
690
690
840
840
1000
520
1000
1500
1210
1210
1500
1500
Note: T
olerances for instantaneous trip points meet UL 489
(7.3). Nominal AC instantaneous trip points are given
in the tables. For DC instantaneous trip points, add 15%
to nominal values.
17/94
27
63
135
270
450
630
900
7.5
19
30
46
85
155
235
325
520
890
1100
7.5
19
30
46
85
155
235
325
520
890
1100
730
730
730
920
920
1100
580
1100
1700
1370
1370
1700
1700
730
730
730
920
920
1100
1100
1370
1370
1700
1700
730
730
730
920
920
1100
1100
1370
1370
1700
1700
730
730
730
920
920
1100
1100
1370
1370
1700
1700
730
730
730
920
920
1100
580
1100
1700
1370
1370
1700
1700
30
70
150
300
500
700
1000
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
770
770
770
990
990
1200
640
1200
1900
1520
1520
1900
1900
770
770
770
990
990
1200
1200
1520
1520
1900
1900
770
770
770
990
990
1200
1200
1520
1520
1900
1900
770
770
770
990
990
1200
1200
1520
1520
1900
1900
770
770
770
990
990
1200
640
1200
1900
1520
1520
1900
1900
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
810
810
810
1060
1060
1300
700
1300
2100
1780
1780
2100
2100
810
810
810
1060
1060
1300
1300
1780
1780
2100
2100
810
810
810
1060
1060
1300
1300
1780
1780
2100
2100
810
810
810
1060
1060
1300
1300
1780
1780
2100
2100
810
810
810
1060
1060
1300
700
1300
2100
1780
1780
2100
2100
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
850
850
850
1140
1140
1400
760
1400
2300
1930
1930
2300
2300
850
850
850
1140
1140
1400
1400
1930
1930
2300
2300
850
850
850
1140
1140
1400
1400
1930
1930
2300
2300
850
850
850
1140
1140
1400
1400
1930
1930
2300
2300
850
850
850
1140
1140
1400
760
1400
2300
1930
1930
2300
2300
33
77
165
330
550
770
1100
9
22
35
54
100
180
270
375
600
1000
1250
9
22
35
54
100
180
270
375
600
1000
1250
900
900
900
1200
1200
1500
820
1500
2500
2000
2000
2500
2500
900
900
900
1200
1200
1500
1500
2000
2000
2500
2500
900
900
900
1200
1200
1500
1500
2000
2000
2500
2500
900
900
900
1200
1200
1500
1500
2000
2000
2500
2500
900
900
900
1200
1200
1500
820
1500
2500
2000
2000
2500
2500
Instantaneous trip adjustment is made through the
breaker cover on all frame breakers. To change instantaneous trip point on circuit breaker, depress indicating
knob, then rotate to desired position.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
FXD63B070
FXD63B080
FXD63B090
FXD63B100
FXD63B110
FXD63B125
—
FXD63B150
—
FXD63B175
FXD63B200
FXD63B225
FXD63B250
FD63B070
FD63B080
FD63B090
FD63B100
FD63B110
FD63B125
FD63B150
FD63B175
FD63B200
FD63B225
FD63B250
HFD63B070
HFD63B080
HFD63B090
HFD63B100
HFD63B110
HFD63B125
HFD63B150
HFD63B175
HFD63B200
HFD63B225
HFD63B250
HHFD63B070
HHFD63B080
HHFD63B090
HHFD63B100
HHFD63B110
HHFD63B125
HHFD63B150
HHFD63B175
HHFD63B200
HHFD63B225
HHFD63B250
CFD63B070
CFD63B080
CFD63B090
CFD63B100
CFD63B110
CFD63B125
—
CFD63B150
—
CFD63B175
CFD63B200
CFD63B225
CFD63B250
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings
Application
Breaker
Type
JXD2(A)
JXD6(A)
JD6(A)
HJD6(A)
HHJD6
CJD6
LXD6(A)
LD6(A)
HLD6(A)
HHLD6
CLD6
LMXD6
LMD6
Maximum
Continuous
Amperes
200
225
250
300
350
400
200
225
250
300
350
400
200
225
250
300
350
400
400
200
225
250
300
350
400
200
225
250
300
350
400
200
225
250
300
350
400
400
450
500
600
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
600
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
250
300
350
400
450
500
600
600
500
600
700
800
800
500
600
700
800
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Nominal
AC Adjustable Trip Range
Low
2
3
4
5
6
7
High
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
1250 1450
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
3000 3430
3860
4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
3000 3430
3860
4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
3000 3430
3800
4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
3000 3430
3800
4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
3000 3430
3860
4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
3000 3430
3860
4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
3000 3430
3860
4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
3000 3430
3860
4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
1250 1430
1610
1790 1960 2140 2320
2500
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
3000 3430
3860
4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
2000 2290
2570
2860 3140 3430 3710
4000
3000 3430
3860
4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
3000 3430
3860
4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
3000 3430
3860
4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
3200 3500
3700
4200 4700 6400 7300
8000
2800 3100
3400
3700 4000 4800 5500
6000
3200 3500
3700
4200 4700 6400 7300
8000
3000 3430
3860
4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
3000 3430
3860
4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
3200 3500
3700
4200 4700 6400 7300
8000
3200 3500
3700
4200 4700 6400 7300
8000
ETI Motor Circuit Protector
Catalog Number
3-Pole
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
JXD63L400
JXD63H400
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CJD63H400
CJD63L400
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LXD63L600
LXD63H600
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CLD63L600
CLD63H600
—
—
—
LMXD63L800
LMXD63A800
—
—
—
—
Thermal Magnetic
Catalog Number
2-Pole
3-Pole
JXD22B200
JXD23B200
JXD22B225
JXD23B225
JXD22B250
JXD23B250
JXD22B300
JXD23B300
JXD22B350
JXD23B350
JXD22B400
JXD23B400
JXD62B200
JXD63B200
JXD62B225
JXD63B225
JXD62B250
JXD63B250
JXD62B300
JXD62B300
JXD62B350
JXD23B350
JXD62B400
JXD23B400
JD62B200
JD63B200
JD62B225
JD63B225
JD62B250
JD63B250
JD62B300
JD63B300
JD62B350
JD63B350
—
—
JD62B400
JD63B400
HJD62B200
HJD63B200
HJD62B225
HJD63B225
HJD62B250
HJD63H250
HJD62B300
HJD63B300
HJD62B350
HJD63B350
HJD62H400
HJD63B400
HHJD62B200 HHJD63B200
HHJD62B225 HHJD63B225
HHJD62B250 HHJD63B250
HHJD62B300 HHJD63B300
HHJD62B350 HHJD63B350
HHJD62B400 HHJD63B400
—
CJD63B200
—
CJD63B225
—
CJD63B250
—
CJD63B300
—
CJD63B350
—
CJD63B400
—
—
LXD62B450
LXD63B450
LXD62B500
LXD63B500
LXD62B600
LXD63B600
LD62B250
LD63B250
LD62B300
LD63B300
LD62B350
LD63B350
LD62B400
LD63B400
LD62B450
LD63B450
LD62B500
LD63B500
—
—
LD62B600
LD63B600
HLD63B250
HLD62B250
HLD62B300
HLD63B300
HLD62B350
HLD63B350
HLD62B400
HLD63B400
HLD62B450
HLD63B450
HLD62B500
HLD63B500
HLD62B600
HLD63B600
HHLD62B250 HHLD63B250
HHLD62B300 HHLD63B300
HHLD62B350 HHLD63B350
HHLD62B400 HHLD63B400
HHLD62B450 HHLD63B450
HHLD62B500 HHLD63B500
HHLD62B600 HHLD63B600
—
CJD63B250
—
CJD63B300
—
CJD63B350
—
CJD63B400
—
CLD63B450
—
CLD63B500
—
—
—
CLD63B600
—
LMXD63B500
LMXD62B600 LMXD63B600
LMXD62B700 LMXD63B700
—
—
LMXD62B800 LMXD63B800
LMD62B500
LMD63B500
LMD62B600
LMD63B600
LMD62B700
LMD63B700
LMD62B800
LMD63B800
17/95
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Adjustable Instantaneous Magnetic Trip Settings
Application
Breaker
Type
HLMXD6
HLMD6
MD6
MXD6
HMD6
HMXD6
CMD6
ND6
NXD6
HND6
HNXD6
CND6
PD6
PXD6
HPD6
HPXD6
CPD6
RD6
RXD6
HRD6
HRXD6
17/96
Maximum
Continuous
Amperes
500
600
700
800
500
600
700
800
500
600
700
800
800
800
500
600
700
800
800
800
500
600
700
800
500
600
700
800
400
500
600
700
800
800
800
800
900
1000
1200
900
1000
1200
800
900
1000
1200
900
1000
1200
800
900
1000
1200
1200
1400
1600
1200
1400
1600
1200
1400
1600
1200
1400
1600
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
1800
2000
1800
2000
1800
2000
Nominal
AC Adjustable Trip Range
Low
2
3
4
5
6
7
High
3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300
8000
3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300
8000
3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300
8000
3200 3500 3700 4200 4700 6400 7300
8000
3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
3000 3430 3860 4290 4710 5140 5570
6000
4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420
8000
3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570
6000
4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420
8000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570
6000
3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570
6000
4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420
8000
3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570
6000
4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420
8000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570
6000
3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570
6000
4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420
8000
4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420
8000
3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570
6000
3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570
6000
4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420
8000
4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420
8000
3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570
6000
3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570
6000
3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570
6000
4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420
8000
3000 3430 3860 4280 4710 5140 5570
6000
4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420
8000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420
8000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420
8000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
4000 4570 5140 5710 6280 6850 7420
8000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
5000 5715 6430 7145 7860 8575 9290 10000
ETI Motor Circuit Protector
Catalog Number
3-Pole
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
MXD63L800
MXD63A800
MXD63H800
—
—
—
MXD63L800
MXD63A800
MXD63H800
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CMD63L800
CMD63A800
CMD63H800
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Thermal Magnetic
Catalog Number
2-Pole
3-Pole
—
HLMXD63B500
—
HLMXD63B600
—
HLMXD63B700
—
HLMXD63B800
HLMD62B500 HLMD63B500
HLMD62B600 HLMD63B600
HLMD62B700 HLMD63B700
HLMD62B800 HLMD63B800
MD62B500
MD63B500
MD62B600
MD63B600
MD62B700
MD63B700
—
—
MD62B800
MD63B800
—
—
MXD62B500
MXD63B500
MXD62B600
MXD63B600
MXD62B700
MXD63B700
—
—
MXD62B800
MXD63B800
—
—
HMD62B500
HMD63B500
HMD62B500
HMD63B600
HMD62B700
HMD63B700
HMD62B800
HMD63B800
—
HMXD63B500
—
HMXD63B600
—
HMXD63B700
—
HMXD63B800
—
—
—
—
—
CMD63B600
—
CMD63B700
—
—
—
CMD63B800
—
—
ND62B800
ND63B800
ND62B900
ND63B900
ND62B100
ND63B100
ND62B120
ND63B120
NXD62B900
NXD63B900
NXD62B100
NXD63B100
NXD62B120
NXD63B120
HND62B800
HND63B800
HND62B900
HND63B900
HND62B100
HND63B100
HND62B120
HND63B120
—
HNXD63B900
—
HNXD63B100
—
HNXD63B120
—
CND63B800
—
CND63B900
—
CND63B100
—
CND63B120
—
PD63B120
—
PD63B140
—
PD63B160
—
PXD63B120
—
PXD63B140
—
PXD63B160
—
HPD63B120
—
HPD63B140
—
HPD63B160
—
HPXD63B120
—
HPXD63B140
—
HPXD63B160
—
CPD63B120
—
CPD63B140
—
CPD63B160
—
RD63B180
—
RD63B200
—
RXD63B180
—
RXD63B200
—
HRD63B180
—
HRD63B200
—
HRXD63B180
—
HRXD63B200
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
• Revised •
10/18/15
Molded Case Switch — Circuit Disconnect
Selection
Maximum
2-Pole
3-Pole
Frame
Amp Rating
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
BQ3S060n
BQ3S100n
11000
11000
ED22S100An
ED42S100An
ED42S125An
ED62S100An
—
CED62S100An
CED62S125An
—
—
ED23S100A
ED43S100A
ED43S125A
ED63S100A
ED63S125A
CED63S100An
CED63S125An
HES3S100L
HES3S125L
11000
11000
11000
11000
11000
11000
11000
11250
11250
1225
—
HQR23S250HA
12000
1250
FXD62S250A
HFXD62S250An
a
FXD63S250A
HFXD63S250An
CFD63S250An
13200
13200
13200
1400
JXD22S400An
—
—
a
JXD23S400A
JXD63S400A
HJXD63S400An
CJD63S400An
16000
16000
16000
16000
1600
—
—
a
LXD63S600A
HLXD63S600An
CLD63S600An
16000
16000
16000
1800
—
—
a
LMXD63S800An
MXD63S800A
CMD63S800A
18000
18000
18000
1200
—
a
NXD63S120A
CND63S120An
10000
10000
1600
a
PXD63S160Ae
10000
2000
a
RXD63S200Ane
10000
1100
BQ2S060 n BQ2S100n
1125
Self-Protective
Instantaneous
Override±20%c
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a For
2-pole application use outside poles of 3-pole circuit
breaker.
b For additional lugs see pages 7-88 to 7-90.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
c Molded
case switches up to R frame contain a self
protecting instantaneous element, which may open
circuit above their override set point.
d UL file E57556 Volume 1, section 2 and
CSA LR 42022-51.
e Requires mounting block MB9301 or MBR9302.
Product Category: MCCB
Ordering Information
Order by catalog number. Switches
include frame and self protective trip
unit only. Order lugs separately from
pages 17/101 to 17/103.
Lugs pages 17/101 to 17/103
Accessories pages 17/108 to 17/113
17/97
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series
Technical
The Sentron Sensitrip III circuit
breaker is a true RMS current sensing
device. Digital microprocessor
circuitry within the electronic trip unit
provides more precise control over
the circuit breaker functions. This
control allows circuit coordination
flexibility not available with thermal
magnetic circuit breakers.
Functions available in Sentron Sensitrip circuit breakers
Cont
Long Instan-
Short
Short
Catalog Number
Trip
Current Time taneous Time
Time
(Description + Suffix) Type Setting Delay Setting Pick Up Delay
Short
Time
l2t
Pick Up
Basic Unit + (A)
LI
u
u
u
Basic Unit + (A)G
LIG
u
u
u
Basic Unit + (A)NT
LSI
u
u
u
u
u
u
Basic Unit + (A)NGT
LSIG
u
u
u
u
u
u
Ground
Fault
Pick Up
Ground
Fault
Delay
u
u
u
u
Letter “A” is used for MD and ND Solid State frame types only.
Typical Trip Unit Labeling and Adjustment Positions for the Sentron Sensitrip Circuit Breaker.
SMD6, SHMD6, SCMD6, SND6, SHND6, SCND6, SPD6, SHPD6
SJD6, SHJD6, SCJD6, SCD6, SHLD6, SCLD6
ln = Maximum circuit breaker ampere
rating.
lr = Current Rating — a function of
continuous ampere adjustment
setting expressed in % of ln .
17/98
lg = Ground Fault Pickup — a function
of adjustment setting expressed in
% of ln .
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Digital Solid State Sentron Sensitrip III Series
Technical
A. Adjustable “Continuous
Amps” Rating Switch
D. Adjustable “Short Time
Pick-Up” Switch (Optional)
All Sensitrip III solid state
molded case circuit breakers
have an adjustable
ampere rating switch.
Adjustments made to this
switch change the
continuous current rating of
the breaker from 20% to
100% of its maximum trip
unit rating depending on
the circuit breaker frame.
Sensitrip III circuit breakers
with an adjustable short time
pick-up switch allow for
selection of short time
pick-up in a range from 1.5
to 10 times the setting of the
maximum current rating.
E. Adjustable “Short Time
Delay” Switch (Optional)
Sensitrip III circuit breakers
with an adjustable short time
pick-up switch also contain a
switch for adjustment in
time delay. The adjustable
short time delay switch
allows for either of two
modes of short time delays.
One range of settings
enables the breaker to be set
for fixed time delays and the
other range of settings
enables the breaker to be set
for short time delays based
on l2t curves.
B. Adjustable “Long Time
Delay” Switch
All Sensitrip III circuit
breakers have an
adjustable long time delay
switch to allow for
selection of long time
delays of fixed time
intervals at six times the
setting of the adjustable
“continuous amps”
rating switch.
C. Adjustable “Instantaneous
Pick-Up” Switch
Sensitrip III circuit breakers
with an adjustable
instantaneous trip switch
allow selection of a tripping
point from related to the
adjusted circuit breaker
Rating (lr).
djustable “Ground Fault Pick-Up”
A
Switch
ensitrip III circuit breakers
S
containing the optional equipment
ground fault protection cover the
ground fault pick-up range of 20% to
70% of the circuit breaker frame
rating. The ground fault pick-up
settings also allow for one of three
time delays based on 12t curves.
For 3-phase, 4-wire systems, an
external neutral transformer is
required with an ampere rating
equal to the trip unit ampere rating.
ln= Maximum circuit breaker ampere rating.
lr = Current Rating — a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of ln.
lg= Ground Fault Pick-up — a function of adjustment setting expressed in % of ln.
Examples of Adjustment Settings
Catalog Number SMD69800A
In = 800
Continuous
Current Setting
Long Time
Delay Setting
Instantaneous
Setting
In = 800 amperes
Results
30
240 amperes
lr = 30% of 800
12
12 seconds trip
at 6 x 240 amps = 1440.
8
1920 amperes
8 x lr = 8 x 240
Catalog Number SMD69800ANGT
lr
Setting
ln
Long
Time
Delay
Short Time
Pick-Up
Instantaneous
Off
Setting
Short Time
Pick-Up
Short Time
l2T
On
Delay
Set
Ground
Fault
Pick-Up
Ground
Fault
Delay
800 amperes
Results
20
20 sec.
—
—
8 lr
4480A
40
320A
.2
.2 sec
C
u
D
u
A
u
070
560
B
u
A ln = 800 amperes.
u
B lr = 560 amperes (70% of 800).
u
C
uDelay
= 20 seconds at 3360 amps (6 x lr).
Breaker will trip in 20 seconds with 3360
amperes.
D Short Time Pick-Up Off — Instantaneous can be used.
u
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
10 lr
5600A
E
u
F
u
.5
.5 secs
.28
.28 sec @ 4480A
G
u
H
u
I
u
J
u
E Instantaneous set at 10 x lr = 10 x 560 = 5600
u
amperes.
H l2t switch on .28 seconds @ 6 x 560 = 3360 amperes.
u
(Inverse time)
F Short Time Pick-Up On — Set at 8 = 8 x 560 = 4480
u
amperes.
I Ground Fault Pick-Up set at 40 = 40% of ln = 320
u
amperes. (Definite Time)
G Short Time Delay = .5 seconds. (Definite Time)
u
G & u
H are mutually exclusive.
Note: u
J Ground Fault Delay set at .2 seconds. Breaker will trip in
u
200 milliseconds with a 400 ampere ground fault.
17/99
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Electronic and Communications Accessories
Selection
Multiplexor Translator
Breaker Type
Features
Catalog Number
SJD, SLD
SMD, SND
SPD
Zone Interlocking Only
MTZ
Full Communications
with Zone Interlocking
MTA
Electronic & Display Devices
Trip Unit Test Set
Type
Catalog Number
SJD, SLD, SMD, SND, SPD, Portable
TS31
Spare TS-31 Test Set Interconnecting Cable
TS31CABLE
The Multiplexor Translator MTZ is an interface device required in zone
selective interlock schemes. The MTA combines the zone selective
interlocking function with interface to ACCESS® Systems.
The TS-31 test set is used to test the operation of the fault protection
functions of the circuit breaker’s trip unit, including long-time, shorttime, instantaneous, and ground fault by means of secondary current
injections.
Cables & Connectors
Sensitrip Ammeter Display Unit
Ribbon Cables
Breaker Type
SJD, SLD SMD,
SND
SPD
Breaker Type
Catalog Number
Length
Catalog Number
SJD, SLD, SMD
SADU
06”
08”
12”
18”
24”
EPC06
EPC08
EPC12n
EPC18
EPC24n
SND, SPD
SADURMK18
Length
Catalog Number
8’
15’
25’
50’
MTC08
MTC15
MTC25
MTC50
Telephone Cables
Breaker Type
SJD, SLD SMD,
SND,
SPD
Expansion Plug
Breaker Type
Frame Size
Mounting Type
Catalog Number
Sensitrip
ALL
ALL
EP
The Expansion Plug EP is a required isolating device to connect the
breaker with the Multiplexor Translator. It is connected to the trip
unit on the breaker with a “Ribbon Cable”, EPC08 e.g., and the
Multiplexor Translator with the “Telephone Cable” (an RJ-11 cable)
MTCSB08 e.g.
Component Selection Guide 
Trip Units and Application
Component
ZSI (only)
Type
with Sensitrip
MCCB’S
Access
and/or
ZSI with
Sensitrip
MCCB’s
EP
3
3
MTZ 
3
MTA 
3
EPC Cable
3
3
MTC Cable 
3
3
The Sensitrip Ammeter Display Unit (SADU) provides real-time metering for all Sentron-Sensitrip III Molded Case Circuit Breakers. The
unit plugs directly onto the front of the trip unit and provides displays
for individual phase currents flowing through the breaker. Additional
features include Average, Demand, Ground and Unbalance Current
displays, along with impending Trip Status. Current Metering Logs,
and a unique diagnostic Trip Log that records the date, time and type
of fault for the previous five breaker trips. The device is UL and CSSA
certified.
The optional panel mount accessory (SADURMK18) allows easy device
mounting external from the circuit breaker, in panelboard and switchboard spaces or gutters, with the flexibility of interior panel exterior
panel, or wall mounting capability.
The 2 x 16 alphanumeric LCD display provides easy viewing of data,
such as viewing all three phase currents simultaneously.
SADU Ammeter Display Unit
b
b
b
b
Direct plug-in or Panel Mounting*
—RMS Phase Currents
—Average Current*
—Current Demand*
—Ground Current
—Current Unbalance (%)*
Breaker Status
—Normal
—Impending Trip*
Time Stamped Trip Log
(last 5)
b
b
Trip Unit Powered & Battery back-up
2 x 16 LCD Alphanumeric Display*
Ammeter Display Functions
—Time & Date*
—Trip Cause: LT, ST, GF, SC
b Max Log (with date & time)
—Max
—Max
—Max
—Max
—Max
Phase Current*
Average Current*
Ground Current*
Unbalance Current*
Current Demand*
* Unique Features
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
17/100
a

When ordered with circuit breaker from the factory.
One MTA or MTZ per eight trip units when required.
Product Category: MCCB

lways required when multiple MT’s are used.
A
One additional cable per each additional MT.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Lug information
Mechanical Lug
Selection
For Use
With Type(s)
Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating
Line Side
Cables Per
Lug
Lug Wire Range
Catalog
Number
15–40
1
1
#14–#6 AWG Cu
TC1Q1 ab #12–#6 AWG Al
45–125
BQ, BQH,
BQHF
1
1
#8–#1 AWG Cu
#6–#1/0 AWG Al
1
1
#14–#10 AWG Cu
#12–#10 AWG Al
1
1
#14–#6 AWG Cu
#12–#6 AWG Al
Switching
40–50
Neutrals
1
1
#8–#6 AWG Cu
#8–#4 AWG Al
BG,
55–70
BLG
1
1
#8–#4 AWG Cu
#8–#2 AWG Al
80–100
1
1
#4–#1/0 AWG Cu
#2–#1/0 AWG Al
110–125
1
1
#2–#1/0 AWG Cu
#1/0–#2/0 AWG Al
Load Side
BQE,
BQF,
15–20
BL, BLH,
HBL,
25–35
HBQ
TA1Q1 b
Lugs are integral to
Circuit Breaker
Line Side (CQD, CQD6) & Load Side
BQD, CQD
15–40
1
BQD6, CQD6
#14–#6 AWG Cu
#12–#6 AWG Al
Integral
45–100
1
#8–#1 AWG Cu
#6–#1/0 AWG Al
Integral
15–30
1
#14–#6 AWG Cu
#12–#6 AWG Al
TC1Q1
15–30
1
NGG, HGG,
LGG
35–125
1
#14–#6 AWG Cu
#12–#6 AWG Al
3TC1Q1 (pkg. of 3)
#8–#1/0 AWG Cu
#8–#2/0 AWG Al
3TC1GG20 (pkg. of 3)
15–125
—
NUT KEEPER PLATE
TNKG3c (pkg. of 3)
15-125
1
#14-3/0 AWG Cu
3TW1EG30 (pkg. of 3)
15-125
1
#14-1/0 AWG Cu/Al
3TA1EG10 (pkg. of 3)
NEG, HEG
15-125
1
#6-3/0 AWG Cu/AI
3TA1EG30 (pkg. of 3)
15-125
—
Nut Keeper Kit (3-pole)
TNKE3 (pkg. of 3)
15-125
—
Nut Keeper Kit (4-pole)
TNKE4 (pkg. of 4)
Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in conjunction with Table 6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards.
Note:
(A) Molded case circuit breakers having a rated ampacity
of 125 amperes or less are to be connected with 60 or
75°C wire. Circuit breakers having a rated ampacity
greater than 125 amperes shall only be cabled with
75°C cable unless otherwise indicated on the circuit
breaker label. Exceptions to this rule are outlined in
article 110-14 C(1)(2) of the 2005 National
Electrical Code.
(B) Connector wire ranges and cavities are established in
conjunction with Table 6.1.4.2.1 of UL 489 standards.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
a Lug
is steel.
in package of six.
nut keeper plate is required with each lug on the
NGG breaker.
b Sold
c One
Product Category: MCCB
17/101
Lug information
• Revised •
10/18/15
Aluminum Body Lugs for Copper or Aluminum Wire
Selection
For Use
With Type(s)
Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating
Cables Per
Lug
Lug Wire Range
QR2, QR2H, 100-250
1
HQR2, HQR2H
#3 - 1/0 Al/Cu 2/0 AWG - 300 Kcmil
#14–#10 AWG (Cu)
All 2, 3-pole
15–25
1
#12–#10 AWG (Al)
ED2, ED4, ED6,
ED6 ETI,
HED4,
30–100
1
#10–#1/0 (Cu or Al)
HHED6
#3-3/0 (Cu)
110–125
1
#1-2/0 (Al)
CED6
All 1-pole
30–60
1
#10–4 (Cu or Al)
ED, HED
70–100
1
#4–#1/0 (Cu or Al)
Catalog
Number
3TA1QR300
SA1E025
LN1E100
TA1E6125
LD1E060 (Load Side)
LD1E100
(Load Side)
FXD6-A, FD6-A,
HFD6,
#6 AWG–350 kcmil (Cu)
70–250
1
TA1FD350A
cfd6
#4 AWG–350 kcmil (Al)
HHFD6
SJD6(A),
SHJD6(A)
65-200
1–2
#4 AWG–3/0 (Cu or Al)
TA2J630
SCJD6
JXD2(A), JXD6(A),
JD6(A), SJD6(A),
HJD6(A), HJXD6(A)
200–400
1–2
HHJXD6, HHJD6,
SHJD6(A), CJD6,
SCJD6
3/0–500 kcmil (Cu)
4/0–500 kcmil (Al)
TA2J6500
LXD6(A), LD6(A),
SLD6(A), HLD6(A),
HLXD6(A), HHLXD6,
250–600
1–2
HHLD6, SHLD6(A),
CLD6, SCLD6
3/0–500 kcmil (Cu)
4/0–500 kcmil (Al)
TA2J6500
1–2
#1–500 kcmil (Cu or Al)
TA2K500
1–3
1/0–500 kcmil (Cu or Al)
TA3K500
1–2
500–750 kcmil (Cu or Al)
TA2N750 b
LMD6a, LMXD6a,
HLMD6a,
500–600
HLMXD6a, MD6,
MXD6, SMD6,
HMD6, HMXD6,
SHMD6, CMD6,
500–800
SCMD6
ND6,
250–500 kcmil (Cu or Al)
NXD6, SND6,
HND6, HNXD6,
800–1200
1–4
SHND6, CND6,
250–500 kcmil (Cu or Al)
SCND6
PD6, HPD6,
CPD6
PXD6,
1200–1600
1–5
HPXD6,
SPD6,
SHPD6
PD6, PXD6,
HPD6, HPXD6,
SPD6, SHPD6,
1200–2000
1–6
300–600 kcmil (Cu or Al)
RD6, RXD6,
HRD6, HRXD6, STD
a Use
TA2K500 or TA3K500 only.
for 100% rated MD/ND frame breakers.
Rated for 90° C cable.
b Used
17/102
c Contains
d Contains
300–600 kcmil (Cu or Al)
2TA4P8500 bc
3TA4P8500 bd
2TA4N8500 c
3TA4N8500 d
TA5P600
TA6R600
2 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier.
3 connectors plus 1 NDTS end barrier.
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Lug information
• Revised •
10/18/15
Optional Mechanical Lugs
Selection
For Use
With Type
QR2, QR2H,
HQR2, HQR2H
ED, HED 1, 2 & 3-pole
HFD6, HHFD6,
CFD6, F(X)D6-A
J(X)D2(A), J(X)D6(A),
HJD6(A), HHJD6,
SHJD6(A), L(X)D6(A),
HHLD6, SCD6,
HLD6(A), SHLD6(A),
CJD6, CLD6, SCJD6,
SCLD6
SMD6, M(X)D6,
HM(X)D6, HMD6,
CMD6, SCMD6, SND6,
N(X)D6, HN(X)D6,
SHND6, CND6, SCND6
R(X)D6, HR(X)D6
P(X)D6, HP(X)D6,
CPD6, SPD6, SHPD6
Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating
Cables
Per Lug
Lug
Material
Lug Wire Range
Qty Per
Catalog No
Catalog Number
3
3TC1QR250
1
TC1ED6150
100-250
1
Cu
1, 2 & 3-pole 30-125
1
Cu
#3 - 1/0 Cu ONLY)
2/0 AWG - 300 Kcmil Cu ONLY
#10–#1/0 (Cu)
70–250
1
Cu
#6 AWG–350 kcmil (Cu)
1
TC1FD350
200–600
1
1–2
Cu
3/0–600 kcmil (Cu)
3/0–500 kcmil (Cu)
1
1
TC1J6600a
TC2J6500a
250–600
1
1
Al
500–750 kcmil (Al)
500–600 kcmil (Cu)
1
TA1L6750
500–600
1–2
1–3
Cu
Cu
#1 AWG–500 kcmil (Cu)
#1 AWG–350 kcmil (Cu)
1
1
TC2K500
TC3K350
700–800
1–2
Al
500–750 kcmil (Cu)
500–750 kcmil (Al)
2
3
2TA2N8750
3TA2N8750
800–1200
1–3
Al
500–750 kcmil (Cu)
500–750 kcmil (Al)
2
3
2TA3N8750
3TA3N8750
1600–2000
1–5
Cu
300–600 kcmil (Cu)
1
TC5R600
1200–1600
1–4
Al
600–750 kcmil (Cu/Al)
1
TA4P750s
Compression Lugs
Ampere
Rating
Poles
ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6, CED6
15–125
QR2, QR2H, HQR2, HQR2H
100-250
F(X)D6-A, HF(X)D6, HHF(X)D6, CFD6
JXD2-A, J(X)D6-A, HJ(X)D6-A, HHJ(X)D6-A, CJD6, SJD6-A, SHJD6-A,
SCJD6, L(X)D6-A, HL(X)D6-A, CLD6, SLD6-A, SHLD6-A, SCLD6
For Circuit Breaker Types
Lugs
Per Kit
Lug Wire Size
Catalog Number
1, 2, 3
1
#2/0 AWG Cu/Al
CCE125
2-3
1
#6 - 350kcmil Al/Cu
CCQ225
125–250
2, 3
1
350 kcmil
CCF250
200–600
2, 3
1
500 kcmil
CCL600
2
6
3
9
2
8
3
12
Lugs (contains indicated number of lugs and necessary hardware per kit)
Kits (contain lugs and hardware for complete line or load end of 2 or 3-pole breaker)
M(X)D6, HM(X)D6, CMD6, SMD6, SHMD6, SCMD6
500–800
N(X)D6, HN(X)D6, CND6, SND6, SHND6, SCND6
900–1200
CCM800K2
500 kcmil
CCM800K3
CCN1200K2
CCN1200K3
Distribution Lugs
Ampere
Rating
For Circuit Breaker Types
Poles
Lugs
Per kit
Wires
Per Lug
Lug Wire Size
Catalog Number
TA6GG04
NGG, HGG, LGG
15-125
1,2,3
1
6
#6-#4 AL
#14-#4 Cu
NEG, HEG
15-125
1,2,3
3
3
#14-#2 AWG Cu
3TA3EG02
NEG, HEG
15-125
1,2,3
3
6
#14-#6 AWG Cu
3TA6EG06
ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HHED6, CED6
15-125
1,2,3
1
6
#14-#4 AWG Cu
#6-#4 AWG Al
TA6ED06
F(X)D6-A, HF(X)D6, HHF(X)D6, CFD6
70-250
2,3
1
6
#14-#4 AWG Cu
#6-#4 AWG Al
TA6FD04
JXD2-A, J(X)D6-A, HJ(X)D6-A, HHJ(X)D6-A, CJD6-A,
SJD6, SHJD6-A, SCJD6, L(X)D6-A, HL(X)D6-A, CLD6-A,
SLD6-A, SHLD6-A, SCLD6
200-600
2,3
1
6
#14-2/0 AWG Cu
#6-2/0 AWG Al
TA6JD20
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
a Used
for 100% rated JD/LD frame circuit breakers.
purpose wire connectors, not for general use.
 Special
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Product Category: MCCB
17/103
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
• Revised •
10/18/15
Modifications
General Selection
A variety of internal and external
accessories, as well as modifications,
are available to adapt Siemens circuit
breakers to special installation
requirements. UL listed internal
accessories for 100 through 2000A
circuit breakers are field-addable.
Internal accessories fine tune an
electrical distribution system,
allowing control of the circuit breakers to
meet special application requirements.
For example, emergency situations may
dictate tripping critically placed circuit
breakers quickly. Shunt trips accomplish
this conveniently and efficiently.
Or, when voltage drops are a concern,
undervoltage trips automatically open
the circuit breaker at a predetermined
voltage level.
A wide range of external operating and
mounting accessories is also available.
For example, face, shallow, and back
mounting plates are ideal for tailoring BQ
circuit breakers to OEM applications.
A complete line of operating handles
and handle-blocking devices meet
switchboard, enclosure and safety
needs. Plug-in mounting assemblies,
which simplify switchboard mounting of
circuit breakers and permit breaker
removal without disconnecting bus or
cable connections, are available.
50°C Ambient Calibration — Not UL listed and not available for solid state, 100% rated breakers or 400HZ calibrated breakers.
F
or BL Type Circuit Breakers
— Add suffix ‘M’ to catalog number
(Example: B120M).....................................................................................No Charge
For BQ and ED Frame Circuit Breakers
— Replace ‘B’ in catalog number with ‘M’..................................................No Charge
(Example: BQ3M060, QJ23M200, ED63M060)
For FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, and RD Frame Circuit Breakers
Non-Interchangeable Trip (3–pole only).................................................No Charge
— Replace ‘B’ in catalog number with ‘M’
(Example: FXD63M225, JXD63M400)
400 HZ Calibration
UL Listed (5KA IR)
for BQ & BL Type Circuit Breakers (200A max.)............................................Add 25% to list price
— Add suffix ‘Y’ to catalog number
Not UL Listed
for all other Circuit Breakers, see derating tables on page 6-152 and order standard circuit breakers.
Fungus Proofing
All BQD, CQD, GB, GG, ED, FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, RD, DG, FG, JG, LG, MG, NG, and PG
Frame Circuit Breakers are inherently fungus resistant and do not require special treatment.
For BL, and BQ Type Circuit Breakers.............................................................Add $10.00 net per pole
— Consult Sales Office for Availability
For all other Circuit Breaker Types..................................................................Add $160.00 net per device
— Consult Sales Office for Availability
Certificate of Compliance with Test Report (catalog number CERT OF COMP.) Add $210.00 net
Certificate of compliance testing must be performed on the actual device being shipped.
The certificate cannot be provided after initial shipment. Order for devices with COC requirement
must be placed directly with the factory by the sales office and shipped directly to the end user.
UL 489 Supplement SB Naval Use Breakers
Ordering Information
Breakers tested to UL 489 Supplement SB are qualified for use
on non combat and auxiliary naval vessels.
For “NAVAL” label, add $75. net per catalog number per order.
Order must be placed directly with the factory by Siemens
Sales Office.
Siemens molded case breakers, including BL, NGB and Sentron
ED through RD frames can be labeled “NAVAL” in compliance
with UL 489 Supplement SB.
Supplement SB testing comprises two sets of vibration tests.
The first is to find mechanical resonances in the product and to
subject the breaker to extreme testing at each resonant frequency. The second is a swept frequency test, in which the frequency of excitation is changed in intervals of 1Hz, and held at
each frequency for five minutes. The excitation frequencies run
from 4 to 33Hz, and the test is conducted in each of the three
orthogonal axes of the breaker.
During these tests, the breaker must not trip from the closed
position, nor may the contacts touch from the open position.
Calibration and insulation resistance are also verified during the test.
For detailed information, refer to UL 489, Supplement SB.
17/104
Types
BQD/CQD
GG
GB
ED2, ED4, IIED4, HED6
CED6
FD6, FXD6, HFD6, HFXD6
CFD6
JXD2, JD6, JXD6, LXD6, LD6,
HJD6, HJXD6, HLD6, HLXD6
HHJD6, HHJXD6, HHLD6, HHLXD6
CJD6, CLD6
MD6, MXD6, HMD6, HMXD6, CMD6,
ND6, NXD6, HND6, HNXD6, CND6
PD6, PXD6, HPD6, HPXD6, CPD6,
RD6, RXD6, HRD6, HRXD6
UL File
E10848, Vol 10, Sec 1
E10848, Vol 10, Sec 2
E10848, Vol 10, Sec 3
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 11
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 13
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 17
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 18
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 8
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 20
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 14
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 15
E10848, Vol 4, Sec 19
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
• Revised •
10/18/15
Internal Accessories
General
Feature Combinations
The available feature combinations are shown in the chart below. For applications requiring combinations
of features not listed in this chart, consult the sales office for availability.
Breakers
Modules Avail. On
ST/
UVT/
Elect.
Per
Breaker ST/ ST/ AUX/
UVT/
UVT/ AUX/
AUX/
Bell Ground Grd fault
Breaker Poles
ST AUX ALSW ALSW UVT AUX
ALSW ALSW AUX
ALSW ALSW Alarm fault
w/Bell
QP, BQ, BLa
1
1, 2, 3
1 —
—
—
—
—
1,2
—
—
—
—
BQD, CQD, GB, GG
1
2, 3
1 1/1
—
—
—
—
1,2
1/1
1
—
—
—
QRa
1, 2
2, 3
1 1/1
—
—
—
—
2
—
—
—
—
—
All ED
1
1, 2, 3
1 1/1,1/2 1/1
1/1/1
1
1/1, 1/2 1/1
1/1/1
1, 2
1/1, 2/1 1
—
1
1
All FD
2
2, 3
1 —
—
—
1
1/1
—
—
1, 2
1/1
—
—
—
All JD, LD, LMDb
2
2, 3
1 1
—
—
1
1/1, 1/2 —
—
1, 2
1/1, 1/2 1, 2
—
—
—
1
3
1 1
—
—
1
1/1, 1/2 —
—
1, 2
1/1, 1/2 1, 2
—
—
—
2
2, 3
1 1/1
—
—
1
1/1, 1/2 —
—
1, 2
1/1, 2/1 1, 2
—
—
—
1
—
—
SJD6, SHJD6, SCJD6,
SLD6, SHLD6, SCLD6c
1
—
All MD, ND, PD, RD
Including Electronic
tripd
2 NC / 2 NO,
STDe
6
3 NC / 3 NO, —
4 NC / 4 NO,
5 NC / 5 NO,
6 NC / 6 NO
3
1 —
Shunt Trip (ST)
One or all critical circuit breakers may
be tripped from a distant control point
by use of a shunt trip device. A shunt
trip operates through an auxiliary switch
contact; when the breaker opens, current
is not maintained on the shunt trip coil.
Undervoltage Trip (UVT)
When voltage drops to a value below 35%
of the nominal coil rating, the undervoltage
trip device automatically opens the breaker.
The operation is instantaneous, and the
circuit breaker cannot be reclosed until the
—
assembled only
mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module
can be installed in the right pocket.
b If
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
1
—
—
—
voltage returns to 85% of line voltage. The
undervoltage trip, which is continuously
energized, must be energized before the
circuit breaker can be closed.
Auxiliary Switch (AUX)
For applications requiring remote “on” or
“off” indication (or electrical interlocking),
auxiliary switches are available. Each
switch comprises an “A” (open when
circuit breaker is open) and a “B” (closed
when circuit breaker is open) contact with
a common connection. (Form C)
For ED Frames
a Factory
—
1 NC / 1 NO,
For FD Frames
cIf
mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module
can be installed.
d If mechanical interlock is installed, no accessory module
can be installed in the left pocket.
1
Alarm Switch (ALSW)
The alarm switch contact is closed when
the circuit breaker is opened automatically
by an overload, short circuit, shunt trip or
undervoltage trip. The alarm switch
contact is open when the circuit
breaker is reset.
For JD and LD Frames
eO
ne
module per column.
17/105
Circuit Breakers
• Revised •
06/13/14
Accessories
Circuit Breaker Accessories
Catalog Number

For Use With Breaker Type
Number of Poles
Standard Package
Padlocking Device
For locking breaker in “OFF” position. Note “ON” position does not affect breaker fuctionally
ECPLD1
ECPLD2
ECPLD3
ECPLD3R
ECQLD3
ECQLD4
Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF,
Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF,
BQXD
Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF,
BQXD (Red Color)
Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF,
Type QP, BL, QAF2, QPF,
Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD
Type QT-Duplex
ECQLN3
ECQTH4
150-225 MBKA, QN, QNR
Type QP, BL, BQH
ECPLD2R
QE, QT-Duplex, BQ, BQXD
QE, QT-Triplex & Quadplex, BQ,
1P
2P
3 Pieces
3 Pieces
QE, QT-Triplex & Quadplex, BQ,
2P
3 Pieces
QE, BQ
QE, BQ (Red Color)
3P
3P
1P
QT-Duplex Breakers
1 Piece
1 Piece
10 Pieces
10 Pieces
n/a
Designed for (3) 1P Breakers
1 Piece
1 Piece
Type QT Duplex
Type QP, BL
Designed for (2) QT Duplex Breakers
2P
25 Pieces
50 Pieces
Type QP, BL, BQ Interlock Bracket
Designed for 1” Breaker
10 Pieces
1P
1/2” Breakers
10 Pieces
10 Pieces
Handle Tie
Provide simultaneous swiching of 2 adjacent handles.
ECQTH2
ECQTH3
Mechanical Interlock
ECQML12
Handle Blocking Device
For holding breaker in “ON” or “OFF” position. Not a lockout/tagout device
ECQL1
ECBX231M
Type QP, BL, BQ, BQXD
Type QT-Duplex
Main Breaker Retainer
ECMBR1
ECMBR2
EQ Load Centers
Ultimate Load Centers
1 Piece
1 Piece
Mounting Accessories
MB120
FP9508
FP9555
FP9556
SMB6R
TCH65K
BR2
BR3
BR4
I0204ML1125
I0303ML3100
Type BQ, BQH Mounting Clips
Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE
Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE
Type BQ, BQH FACE MOUNT PLATE
Type BQ MOUNTING BRACKET
Type BQ MOUNTING ADAPTER
Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates
Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates
Type BQ, BQH, BQXD Back Mounting Plates
Type QP Back Mounting Plates
Type QP Back Mounting Plates
1P
1P
2P
3P
1P, 2P, 3P
2P
3P
4P
1P, 2P
3P
20 Pieces
10 Pieces
10 Pieces
10 Pieces
6 Pieces
500 Pieces
10 Pieces
10 Pieces
10 Pieces
10 Pieces
10 Pieces
Type BQ, NGG 100A Al Cu LGS
Type BQ, NGG 40A Al Cu LUGS
n/a
n/a
6 Pieces
6 Pieces
Type BQXD Finger Shield (Bulk Pack)
Type BQXD Finger Shield
n/a
n/a
1000 Pieces
2 Pieces
1” Filler Plate
n/a
5 Pieces
Replacement Lugs
TA1Q1
TC1Q1
Finger Shield
BQFS1K
BQFS2
Filler Plate
ECQF3
For
a complete list of standby power mechanical
interlock kits, see the Standby Generator Section.
 For use with Ultimate Load Center Main Breakers
 Not suitable for use on 15-50A, 10 AIC Type QP Circuit
Breakers
17/106
 QP
Type includes QPH, HQP
Type includes BLH, HBL
 BQ Type includes BQH, HBQ
 BL
 QAF2
Type includes QAFH2, BAF2, BAFH2, QFGA2,
QFGAH2, BFGA2, BFGAH2
 QPF Type includes QPHF, BLF, BLHF
 QE Type includes QEH, BLE, BLEH
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Circuit Breakers
Accessories
White header
Padlocking Device
ECPLD2
ECPLD1
Handle Tie
ECQLD3
ECQLD4
ECQTH4
Handle Blocking Device
Main Breaker Retainer
ECMBR1
ECBX231M
ECQL1
ECQTH3
ECQTH2
Mechanical Interlock
ECMBR2
ECQML12
Mounting Accessories
SMB6R
MB120
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
I0204ML1125
FP9508 FP9555 FP9556
17/107
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
External Accessories
• Revised •
10/18/15
Selection
Handle Ties with Padlock Device
Provide simultaneous switching of 2 or 3 adjacent handles.
Do not provide common trip.
For Use With
Breaker Frame(s)
Catalog Standard
Number Package
BQDHT2
10
1
BQDHT3
10
1
BQD, NGB, HGB, LGB
Wt Lb/
Std Pkg
⁄2
⁄2
Padlocking Devices
For locking breaker in “OFF” position.
HPLQR
10
1
BQDPLD
01
1
HPLG
01
1
HPLEB
01
1
HPLE
01
1
ED2HPL
01
1
All FD
FD6PL1
01
1
All JD, LD, LMD JD6HPL
01
1
All MD, ND, PD, RD
MN6PLD
01
1
All QR
All BQD, CQD, NGB, HGB, LGB
NGG, HGG, LGG
EB, 1- thru 3-pole
EG, 3- and 4-pole only
All ED
⁄4
⁄8
⁄4
⁄8
⁄4
FD Padlocking
Device
FD6PLI
⁄4
⁄4
⁄4
⁄4
Handle Blocking Devices
For holding breaker in “ON” or “OFF” position.
Not a lockout/tagout device.
All QR
HBLQR
25
1
All BQD, CQD, GG, GB
BQDHBD
01
1
HBDE
01
1
All ED
E2HBL
01
1
All FD
FD6HB1
01
1
All JD, LD, LMD JD6HBL
01
1
All MD, ND, PD, RD MN6BL
01
1
EG
⁄4
⁄4
⁄4
⁄2
⁄2
⁄2
FD Handle
Blocking Device
FD6HB1
Handle Extensions
For replacement. One extension shipped with breaker.
All MD, ND, PD, RD
EX11
01
2
Terminal Shields
Breaker Type
Poles
Catalog
Number
NGG, HGG, LGG TSSG3A
3
Standard
Package
1
Handle
Extension
EX11
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
a Sold
only in standard package quantities.
17/108
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
• Revised •
10/18/15
External Accessories
Selection
Face Mounting Plates
For Use With
Breaker Frame(s)
Number
of Poles
Catalog
Number
Standard
Package
Wt Lb/
Std Pkg
CQD, CQD6
1
2
3
CQDFMB1
CQDFMB2n
CQDFMB3n
1
1
1
1
NGG, HGG, LGG
1
2
3
FMPG1
FMPG2
FMPG3
1
1
1
1
⁄4
⁄4
⁄4
1
1
⁄4
⁄4
⁄4
1
1
Back Mounting Plates
E2BMB
1
CQD, CQD6
CQDSMK a
1
NGG, HGG, LGG
MSKG4a
1
1
MSQR3
1
1
All ED (CED6 requires 2 kits)
MSE6a
MSE6100b
1
100f
1
All FD (CFD6 requires 2 kits)
MSF6a
MSF650c
1
50f
1
ED2, ED4, ED6, HED4, HED6
1
⁄4
1
Mounting Screw Kit
MSE6
Mounting Screw Kits
All QR
11⁄4
⁄4
⁄4
1
⁄4
1
All EG 1-pole
MSKE1
—
—
All EG 2-pole
—
—
—
—
1
1
All LMD
MSKE2
MSKE4
MSJ6a
MSLMD
All MD, ND,
MSMN
1
1
All PD, RD
MSPR6
1
2
All EG 3 or 4-pole
All JD, LD
1
⁄4
Mechanical Interlock
MI5444
⁄4
1
⁄4
“MI” Mechanical Interlocks
For Use With
Breaker Type(s)
All EG (Sliding Bar)
All QR (Sliding Bar) All FD Panel g
Mounted
Plug-in
Mounted
Standard
Package
Wt Lb
Std Pkg
HSBE
—
1
SBMIQR
—
1
1
MI5444
MI5444
1
—
—
All JD, LD
MI5413 d
—
1
1
All LMD
MI5406 dn
—
1
1
All MD
MI5404 en
—
1
3
All ND
MI5404 en
—
1
3
All PD, RD
MI5405es
—
—
—
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
a Kit
consists of 4 screws and washers.
of 1 screw and washers (order 100).
of 1 screw and washers (order 50).
b Consists
c Consists
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
d With
mechanical interlock in place, no accessory can be
installed into circuit breaker right pole.
of the mechanical interlock will prevent
accessory installation in the left pole.
f Sold only in standard package quantities. Multiply List
Price Each times package quantity for full price.
e Addition
Product Category: MCCB
g Mechanical
interlock is not designed for use within
Siemens panelboards.
17/109
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
• Revised •
10/18/15
External Accessories
Selection
Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles
Types 1, 3, 3R , 12, 4 4X
For Use
With
Breaker
Frames
EG
a
ED
FD
JD, LD
LMD
MD, ND
PD, RD
Complete Mechanism
Breaker
Handle Only Operator
Shaft Only
Catalog Number
Standard
Depth
Variable
Depth
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Length
(inches)
Catalog
Number
RHVE64X
CRHOESD
CRHOFSD
CRHOJSD
CRHOLMSD
RHVE124X
CRHOEVD
CRHOFVD
CRHOJVD
CRHOLMVD
—
—
RHOEBO
RHOFBO
RHOJBO
RHOLMBO
—
2
12
16
—
RHOSSD
RHOSVD
RHOSXD
RHONSD
RHONVD
RHOH
3
12
24
RHONSSDs
RHONSVD
RHONSXD
c
CRHOH
c
d
RHONBO
CRHOH
RHOH
Rotary Door Mounted Operating Handles
Types 1 & 12
For Use With
Breaker Frames
CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG
ED
FD
JD, LD
Standard Depth
Variable Depth
Handle and Shaft
Breaker Operator
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
—
D11CEU1
D11CFU1s
—
RHOCQVD
D11CEU2
D11CFU2
D11CJU2
RHOH62
—
—
—
CQDOP
—
—
—
D11CEU2
For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG red emergency handle, order assembly RHOCQVDE (includes handle and operator).s
For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG in a NEMA 3R enclosure, order CQDOP34 operator, RHOH handle and RHOSVD shaft.
For CQD, NGG, HGG and LGG in a NEMA 4 or 4X enclosure, order CQDOP34 operator, RHOH4 handle and RHOSVD shaft.
Through Door Mounted Operating Handlesb
Types 1 & 12
For Use With
Breaker Frames
Standard Depth
Variable Depth
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
CQD, NGG, HGG, LGG
EG (3 & 4-Pole only)
EG (red handle)
ED
FD
FMHOS
RHFESD
RHFESDEM
E2RH1
F6RH1
—
—
—
E2RHV9
F6RHV9
Rotary Door Mounted
Operating Handles
Standard
Depth
F6RH1
Door Latch Kits
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Type
Right Hand
Left Hand
2 point latch
3 point latch
DKR2
DKR3
DKL2n
DKL3n
Variable Depth
Rotary Handle
RHOCQVD
n Built to order. Allow 2–3 weeks for delivery.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
a For
use on 3-pole ED frame only.
17/110
F6RHV9
b Meets
the requirements of NFPA 79, section 5.3.3.1
for locking external operator disconnecting devices.
3 or 3R, order shaft and breaker operator as shown,
and handle RHOH. For 4 & 4X, order handle RHOH4.
Consult sales office for additional EG operator shaft
lengths.
d For
extended shaft support order catalog number
RHONSB2.
c For
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
External Accessories
Selection
Max-Flex™, Flange Mounted Variable Depth Operators c
NEMA
Type
Frames
NGG
EG
ED
FD
JD, LD,
SJD, SLD
LMD
MD, ND,
PD, RD,
SMD, SND,
SPD
1, 3 (R),
12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R),
12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R),
12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R),
12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R),
12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R),
12
4 (x)
1, 3 (R),
12
4 (x)
Complete Kit
Catalog
Number
Handle Only
Catalog
Number
MFKG3R3
MFHM3R
MFKG4X3
MFHM4X
MFKE3d
—
MFKE4X3
—
FHOE036 a
FHOH
—
FHOH4
FHOF036
FHOH
—
FHOH4
FHOJ036
FHOH
—
FHOH4
FHOLM036
FHOH
—
FHOH4
FHON048
FHOHN
—
FHOHN4
Cable
Breaker Operator
Catalog Number
36" Cable
Catalog Number
MFMG
MFCF036
—
—
FHOEBOa
FHOEC036
FHOFBO
FHOFC036
FHOJBO
FHOJC036
FHOLMBO
FHOJC036
FHONBO
FHONC048b
Handle
Breaker Operator
Max Flex ™
Max-Flex™ handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary “red for on” flange handle. These are
preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order components separately, appending the
letter “i” to the catalog number (e.g. FHOHI).
Alternate Length Cable Only
ED
FD
JD/LD/LMD
MD/ND/PD/RD
Inches Catalog Number
Catalog Number
Catalog NumberCatalog Number
048
060
072
084
096
120
144
FHOEC048
FHOEC060
FHOEC072
FHOEC084s
FHOEC096
FHOEC120s
FHOEC144s
FHOFC048
FHOFC060
FHOFC072
FHOFC084s
FHOFC096
FHOFC120
FHOFC144s
FHOJC048FHONC048
FHOJC060FHONC060
FHOJC072FHONC072
FHOJC084sFHONC084s
FHOJC096FHONC096
FHOJC120sFHONC120s
FHOJC144sFHONC144s
Handle Auxiliary Switch
For use with Max-Flex and Rotary Door operators (FHOH and RHOH). 1 NO and 1 NC contact (Form C).
For Use With
Catalog Number
ED, FD, JD, LD, LMD, ND, PD, RD, SD, Max Flex
HAS1
Fixed Depth Flange Mounting
Frames
Left Hand Mount
Minimum
Enclosure
NEMA
Depth
Type
Catalog Number
ED 6.44

FD 6.44
Right Hand Mount
Catalog Number
1, 3R, 12
FDFBELs
FDFBERs
4, 4X
FDFBEL4s
FDFBER4s
1, 3R, 12
FDFBFLs
FDFBFRs
4, 4X
FDFBFL4s
FDFBFR4s
FDFBFR
Max-Flex™ handles are available with solid black handles instead of the customary “Red for On” flange handle. These are
preferred for use in IECmarkets, where red handles have specific meaning. Order components separately, appending the
letter “i” to the catalog number (e.g. FHOHI).
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
aFor
1- or 2-pole breaker order FHOED036 complete kit or
FHOEDBO breaker operator only. Use MFHM3R handle.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
b48
inch cable is standard length for M through R frame
Max-Flex operators.
cMeets requirements of NFPA 79, section 5.3.3.1 for
locking external operator disconnecting devices
Product Category: MCCB
dConsult
sales office for additional cable lengths for EG
Flex Shaft Operators. For 3-Pole only.
ED only.
3-Pole
17/111
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
External Accessories
Selection/Dimensions
Telemand® Motor Operator
Breaker Frame
AC Voltage
Hinged to Open Down
Catalog Number
ED except CED
120
MOE6120 240
MOE6240 s
ED motor operator opens downward.
Breaker Frame
DC Voltage
Hinged to Open Right
Catalog Number
AC Voltage
Hinged to Open Right
Catalog Number
FD
24
48
125
MOF6024DCs
MOF6048DCs
MOF6125DCs
120
240
MOF6120
MOF6240
JD, LD
24
48
125
MOJ6024DCs
MOJ6048DCs
MOJ6125DCs
120
240
MOJ6120
MOJ6240
LMD
24
48
125
MOLMD6024DCs MOLMD6048DCs
MOLMD6125DCs
120
240
MOLMD6120
MOLMD6240
MD, ND,
PD, RD
—
—
—
—
120
240
MOMN6120
MOMN6240
Telemand Motor Operator
FD, JD, LD, LMD, MD, ND, PD, RD
Frames
To order FD through RD motor operators with Left side hinges, add “L” to catalog number (e.g. MOF6120L).
List prices are the same.s
Dimensions
Frame
B
C
D
E
ED
A
7.04
4.31
—
4.31
13.84
F
8.84
FD
9.50
4.55
1.60
6.84
9.70
7.58
JD, LD, LMD
11.00
7.50
0.79
8.34
9.85
7.74
MD, ND, PD, RD
16.00
9.00
—
9.83
13.13
10.13
Operating Currents
On
Off
Catalog
Number
In-Rush
(Amps)
Time
(msec)
In-Rush
(Amps)
MOE6120
MOE6240
10.25
5.2
2.3
1.1
550
500
10
5
2.3
1
400
330
2.3
1.1
MOF6120/L
MOF6240/L
13.6
7.6
5.5
3.5
200
200
13.6
7.6
5.5
3.5
175
185
5.5
3.5
MOLMD6120/L
13.6
6
210
13.6
6
185
6
MOJ6120/L
MOJ6240/L
13.6
7.6
6
3.5
210
217
13.6
7.6
6
3.5
185
185
6
3.5
MOMN6120/L
MOMN6240/L
30.2
14.7
13.2
6
240
260
30.2
14.7
13.2
6
210
230
13.2
6
Running
(Amps)
Running
(Amps)
Time
(msec)
Reset
(Amps)
Front View
Bottom View
For inches / millimeters conversion, see Application Data section.
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
17/112
Product Category: MCCB
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Sentron Molded Case Circuit Breakers
External Accessories
Selection
Plug-In Mounting Assemblies, Including Base and Tulip Assemblies
Line Side
Load Side
For Use With
Breaker Frames
Poles
Catalog Numberb
Catalog Numberb
EG
3
PCBERC3f
—
4
PCBERC4f
—
—
All ED except CED
2
PC2637s
PC2638s
3
PC2657
PC2658
CED
2
PC2637s
PC2638s
3
PC2657
PC2658
All FD except CFD
2
PC4753s
PC4753s
3
PC4754
PC4754
CFD
2
PC4753s
PC4753s
3
PC4754
PC4754
All JD except CJD
2
PC5777s
3
PC5778
PC5777s
PC5778
PL5796
Kit CJD, SCJD
3
PCCJD
PCCJD
PL5797
All LD except CLD
2
PC5660s
3
PC5661
PC5660s
PC5661
PL5680
Kit CLD, SCLD
3
PCCLD
PCCLD
PL5797
2
PC5662s
PC5662s
3
PC5663
PC5663
2
PC5664cs
PC5664cs
3
PC5666 c
PC5666 c
All MD
All ND
Base
Steel Switchboard
Mounting Plate a
Catalog Number
PL2616
PL2617
PL4762
PL4763
Switchboard
Mounting
Plate
Tulip
Assemblies
PL9698
PL9699
RS4755
Tulip Assemblies Separately
RS4756
For
2-Pole
3-Pole
Frame
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
ED
TCE2s
TCE3s
FD
TCF2s
TCF3s
JD
TCJ2s
TCJ3s
LD
TCL2s
TCL3s
MD
TCM2s
TCM3s
ND
TCN2s
TCN3s
Circuit Breaker
With Rear-Connecting Studs
Rear-Connecting Studs
For Use With
Breaker Frames
Ampere
Rating
Description
Extension
Behind Breaker
(inches)
Line Side
Load Side
Catalog Number d
Catalog Number d
—
RS2644es
—
RS2642es
All ED
100
100
100
100
Line Side (Short)
Load Side (Short)
Line Side (Long)
Load Side (Long)
2.38
2.38
4.88
4.88
RS2643 s
—
RS2641es
—
All FD
250
250
Short
Long
3.12
7.06
RS4756es
RS4755es
RS4756es
RS4755es
All JD
400
400
Short
Long
5.85
11.20
RS5774s
RS5773s
RS5774s
RS5773s
All LD
600
600
Short
Long
5.85
11.20
RS5784s
RS5783s
RS5784s
RS5783s
A
dd required shield kit.
CLRSJL3
CJD, SCJD
CLD, SCLD
e
LM(X)D6, 800
HLM(X)D6 Short
Long
5.85
11.20
RS5788s
RS5787s
RS5788s
RS5787s
All MD, ND
Short
Long
5.50
8.00
RS5786s
RS5785s
RS5786s
RS5785s
1200
1200
s Built to order. Allow 6–8 weeks for delivery.
aFurnished
at no extra charge when ordered with plug-in
mounting assembly.
bEach piece catalog number consists of (1) mounting
block assembly and required tulip assemblies (2) for
2-pole, (3) for 3-pole
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
c For
vertical bus mounting — for horizontal, substitute
PC5665 for PC5664 and PC5667 for PC5666.
includes one current stud, insulating tube, stud
nuts and terminal shields, when required.
d Price
Product Category: MCCB
e For
proper electrical clearance, studs must alternate
between short and long stud lengths on circuit breaker
poles (e.g. SLSLSL or LSLSLS).
f Plug-in assembly for EG breakers include line and load
side in one assembly.
17/113
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
• Revised •
10/18/15
Unusual Operating Conditions
Reference
Note: The information provided on this and the next page is intended for reference and recommendation only. Because several
variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at the same time, the data below is based less on controlled testing,
than on experience and engineering judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on special conditions and treatment.
Table 1 — Temperature Derating Data for Thermal-Magnetic Breakers
Reference
Ampere
Rating at
40°C (104°F)
15
20
25
30
35
40
50
60
70
90
100
125
150
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
Ampere Rating at:
25°C
(77°F)
17
22
28
33
39
44
55
66
77
99
110
137
165
192
220
247
275
330
385
440
550
660
770
880
990
1100
1320
1540
1760
1980
2200
50°C
(122°F)
13
18
23
28
30
37
46
56
65
84
94
114
136
159
182
205
235
276
325
372
468
564
658
754
828
900
1090
1304
1500
1690
1880
60°C
(140°F)
11
16
21
26
25
34
42
52
60
78
87
100
120
140
160
180
220
252
301
340
435
525
613
704
749
825
1000
1148
1320
1485
1650
Siemens Breaker Frames
BQ,
BL,
BQD,
CQD,
GG,
GB,
ED
FD
QR
JD
LD
MD
ND
PD
RD
13,000 (4,000)
Altitude in Feet (Meters)
High Ambient Temperatures
Because thermal-magnetic trip breakers
are temperature sensitive and calibrated
for a specific ambient of 40° C (104° F)
(average enclosure temperature), a
higher ambient will cause the breaker to
trip at lower current than its nameplate
rating, in other words, causing the
breaker to “derate” (see Table 1).
Similarly, the current carrying capacity
of a circuit conductor is based upon a
certain ambient temperature, a higher
ambient will reduce its current carrying
capacity, causing it to “derate.” Thus,
with a fluctuating temperature, a
thermal-magnetic breaker will derate
nearly parallel with its connected circuit
conductors and maintain close circuit
protection. If the application temperature
exceeds 40° C (104° F) and is known,
either a breaker specially calibrated for
the higher ambient or one oversized
according to Table 1 may be selected.
In a case such as this, the circuit
conductors should be oversized as well.
Siemens Sensitrip® III and Type SB
Encased Systems Breakers are
insensitive to temperature changes.
However, they do include circuitry to
protect the components from
abnormally high temperatures.
Moisture — Corrosion
For atmospheres having high moisture
content and / or where fungus growth is
prevalent, a special preventive treatment
may be required.
Where the air is heavily laden with
corrosive elements, breakers made
with special corrosion-resistant
finishes may be required.
Altitude
Reduced air density at altitudes greater
than 6600 ft. (2000 meters) affects the
ability of a molded case circuit breaker
to transfer heat and interrupt faults.
Therefore, circuit breakers applied at
these altitudes should have interrupting,
insulation and continuous currents
derated as indicated in Figure 1.
12,000 (3,675)
11,000 (3,350)
10,000 (3,000)
9,000 (2,750)
8,000 (2,400)
7,000 (2,100)
6,000 (1,800)
1.0
.95
.90
.85
.80
.75
Rating Correction Factor
Figure 1 — Altitude Adjustment
17/114
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
• Revised •
10/18/15
Unusual Operating Conditions
Reference
400 Hz Systems a
Siemens molded case circuit breakers
can be applied for overcurrent protection
on 400Hz systems, commonly used to
power computer installations, aircraft,
military and other specialty equipment.
Below are basic guidelines.
Circuit Breaker Derating Required
This table lists the maximum continuous
current carrying capacity for Siemens
breakers at 400Hz. Due to the increased
resistance of the copper sections
resulting from the skin effect produced
by eddy currents at these frequencies,
circuit breakers in many cases require
derating. The thermal derating on these
devices is based upon 100%,
three phase application in open air in a
maximum of 40° C (104° F) with 48 in.
(1219 mm) of the specified cable or bus
at the line and load side. Additional
derating of not less than 20% will be
required if the circuit breaker is to be
utilized in an enclosure. Further derating
may be required if the enclosure
ambient temperature exceeds 40° C
(104° F).
Cable and Bus Sizing
The cable and bus sizes to be utilized
at 400Hz are not based on standard
National Electric Codes tables for 60Hz
application. Larger cross sections are
necessary at 400Hz. All bus bars
specified are based upon mounting
the bars in the vertical plane to allow
maximum air flow. All bus bars are
spaced at a minimum of 0.25 in. (6 mm)
apart. Mounting of bus bars in the
horizontal plane will necessitate
additional drafting. Edgewise orientation
of the bus may change the maximum
ratings indicated. If additional information
is required for other connections of cable
or bus, contact Siemens for information.
Application Recommendations
It is recommended that temperatures be
measured on the line and load terminals
or T-connectors of the center pole. These
are usually the hottest terminals with a
balanced load. A maximum temperature
of 75° C (35° C over a maximum ambient
of 40° C) would verify the particular
application. Temperature profiles taken
on these breakers can be correlated to
ensure that the hottest points within
the breaker are within the required
temperature limits.
Factory Configuration
When required, molded case circuit
breakers may be factory calibrated for
400Hz application. These breakers are
specially labeled for 400Hz usage and
their nameplate current rating will
include the necessary derating factory.
The highest “Maximum Continuous
Amperes” rating at 400Hz, found in the
table below approximates the highest
specially calibrated 400Hz nameplate
ampere rating available for a given
frame size. Contact Siemens for
ordering information on other
breakers applied in 400Hz systems.
400Hz Breakers
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating
At 40°C (104°F) b
60HZ
400HZ
Siemens
Breaker
Enclosed
Type
Open Air
Open Air c
After Derating
015
015
012
020
020
016
025
025
020
030
030
024
035
035
028
040
040
032
043
034
ED2, ED4, ED6, 045
BQD, HED4,
050
048
038
HED6, CED6
060
057
046
070
067
054
080
076
061
090
086
069
100
095
076
110
105
084
125
119
095
070
063
050
080
072
058
090
080
064
100
090
072
QR2,
QR2H,
HQR2,
HQR2H, 110
095
075
FD6,
FXF6,
125
105
084
HFD6, HFXD6,
150
125
100
CFD6
175
140
112
200
160
128
225
180
144
250
200
160
200
170
136
225
190
152
JXD2, JD6,
250
210
168
JXD6, HJD6,
HJXD6, HHJD6, 300
240
192
HHJXD6, CJD6 350
260
208
400
300
240
200
170
170
225
190
190
JD6, JXD6,
250
210
210
HJD6, HJXD6
100% Rated
300
240
240
350
260
260
400
300
300
aThe
information provided on this page is intended for
reference and recommendation only. Because several
variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at
the same time, the data above is based less on
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
75°C (167°F)
Copper
Cable per Pole
No of
Wire
Pieces
Size
1
#14
1
#12
1
#10
1
#10
1
#10
1
#8
1
#8
1
#8
1
#6
1
#4
1
#4
1
#3
1
#3
1
#2
1
#1
1
#4
1
#4
1
#3
1
#3
1
#2
1
#1
1
#1/0
1
#2/0
1
#3/0
1
#4/0
1
250 kcmil
1
#3/0
1
#4/0
1
250 kcmil
1
350 kcmil
1
500 kcmil
2
#3/0
2
#3/0
2
#4/0
1
250 kcmil
1
350 kcmil
1
500 kcmil
2
#3/0
Maximum Continuous Ampere Rating
At 40°C (104° F) b
60HZ
400/415HZ
Siemens
Breaker
Enclosed
Type
Open Air
Open Air c
After Derating
0250
0210
168
0300
0240
192
LD6,
LXD6,
0350
0260
208
HLD6, HLXD6,
0400
0300
240
HHLD6,
HHLXD6,
0450
0340
272
CLD6
0500
0375
300
0600
0420
336
0250
0210
210
0300
0240
240
0350
0260
260
LD6, LXD6,
0400
0300
300
HLD6,
HLXD6,
100%
Rated
0450
0340
340
0500
0375
375
0600
0420
420
0500
0400
320
MD6,
MXD6,
0600
0430
360
HMD6,
0500
400
HMXD6,
CMD6 0700
0800
0560
448
0500
0400
400
MD6, MXD6,
0600
0430
430
HMD6,
HMXD6,
CMD6 0700
0500
500
100% Rated
0800
0560
560
0800
0560
448
ND6,
NXD6
0900
0600
480
HND6, HNXD6,
1000
0650
520
CND6
1200
0780
624
ND6,
NXD6
0900
0600
600
HND6,
HNXD6,
1000
0650
650
CND6
1200
0780
780
100%
Rated
1200
0780
624
PD6, PXD6,
1400
0850
680
HPD6,
HPXD6,
CPD6,
1600
0960
768
PD6,
PXD6,
1200
0780
780
HPD6,
HPXD6,
1400
0850
850
CPD6
1600
0960
960
100%
Rated
1600
0960
768
RD6,
RXD6,
1800
1080
864
HRD6,
HRXD6
80%
Rated
2000
1200
960
controlled testing, than on experience and engineering
judgment. Contact Siemens for further information on
special conditions and treatment.
bAdditional derating may be required if the ambient
75° C (167° F)
Copper
Cable per Pole
No of
Wire
Pieces
Size
1
250 kcmil
1
350 kcmil
1
500 kcmil
2
#3/0
2
#4/0
2
250 kcmil
2
350 kcmil
1
250 kcmil
1
350 kcmil
1
500 kcmil
2
#3/0
2
#4/0
2
250 kcmil
2
350 kcmil
2
250 kcmil
2
350 kcmil
3
250 kcmil
3
300 kcmil
2
250 kcmil
2
350 kcmil
3
250 kcmil
3
300 kcmil
3
300 kcmil
3
350 kcmil
3
400 kcmil
4
350 kcmil
3
350 kcmil
3
400 kcmil
4
350 kcmil
4
400 kcmil
4
500 kcmil
5
500 kcmil
4
400 kcmil
4
500 kcmil
5
500 kcmil
5
500 kcmil
5
500 kcmil
6
500 kcmil
temperature is greater than 40°C (104°F).
after derating to compensate for the heating
of the copper conductor, caused by the skin effect
generated by eddy currents produced at 400/415HZ.
cCalculated
17/115
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Unusual Operating Conditions
Reference
Unusual Operating Conditions 400 Hz Systems
Circuit Breaker Derating Required
This table lists the maximum continuous current carrying capacity for
Siemens breakers at 400Hz. Due to
the increased resistance of the copper
sections resulting from the skin effect
produced by eddy currents at these
frequencies, circuit breakers in many
cases require derating. The thermal
derating on these devices is based
upon 100%, three phase application in
open air in a maximum of 40°C (104° F)
with 48 in. (1219 mm) of the specified cable or bus at the line and load
side. Additional derating of not less
than 20% will be required if the circuit
breaker is to be utilized in an enclosure. Further derating may be required
if the enclosure ambient temperature
exceeds 40°C(104° F).
Maximum continuous ampere rating
at 40°C (104°F)
60HZ
Breaker
type
DG
FG
JG
JG
100%
Rated
­
LG
The
Open air
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
100
110
125
150
175
200
225
250
250
300
350
400
250
300
350
400
400
500
600
400HZ
Open air
48
57
63
72
80
90
95
105
125
90
95
105
125
140
160
180
200
210
240
260
300
210
240
260
300
300
375
420
Wire size
#8
#6
#4
#4
#3
#3
#2
#1
#1/0
#3
#2
#1
#1/0
#2/0
#3/0
#4/0
250 kcmil
250 kcmil
350 kcmil
500 kcmil
#2/0
250 kcmil
350 kcmil
500 kcmil
#3/0
#3/0
250 kcmil
350 kcmil
Breaker
type
Interrupting Rating
Circuit breakers used in 400 Hz systems are limited to a 5000 A interrupting rating. If higher ratings are required,
consult Siemens.
LG
MG
MG
100%
Rated
NG
NG
100%
Rated
PG
PG 100%
Rated
75°C (167F)
Copper
cable per pole
60HZ
400HZ
Open air
400
500
600
600
700
800
600
700
800
800
900
1000
1200
900
1000
1200
1200
1400
1600
1200
Open air
300
375
420
430
500
560
430
500
560
560
600
650
780
600
650
780
780
850
960
780
1400
850
850
4
500 kcmil
1600
960
960
5
500 kcmil
judgment.Contact Siemens for further information on
special conditions and treatment.
derating may be required if the ambient
temperature is greater than 40°C (104°F).
Additional
Application Recommendations
It is recommended that temperatures
be measured on the line and load terminals or T-connectors of the center pole.
These are usually the hottest terminals
with a balanced load. A maximum
temperature of 75°C (35°C over a maximum ambient of 40°C) would verify
the particular application. Temperature
profiles taken on these breakers can
be correlated to ensure that the hottest
points within the breaker are within the
required temperature limits.
Maximum continuous ampere rating
at 40°C (104°F)
75°C (167F)
Copper
cable per pole
Enclosed after No of
derating
pieces
38
1
46
1
50
1
58
1
64
1
72
1
75
1
84
1
100
1
72
1
75
1
84
1
100
1
112
1
128
1
144
1
160
1
168
1
192
1
208
1
240
2
210
1
240
1
260
1
300
2
240
2
300
2
336
2
information provided on this page is intended for
reference and recommendation only. Because several
variables can act on a circuit breaker’s performance at
the same time, the data above is based less on controlled testing, than on experience and engineering
17/116
Cable and Bus Sizing
The cable and bus sizes to be utilized
at 400Hz are not based on standard
National Electric Codes tables for 60Hz
application. Larger cross sections are
necessary at 400Hz. All bus bars
specified are based upon mounting the
bars in the vertical plane to allow maximum air flow. All bus bars are spaced
at a minimum of 0.25 in. (6 mm) apart.
Mounting of bus bars in the horizontal
plane will necessitate additional drafting.
Edgewise orientation of the bus may
change the maximum ratings indicated.
If additional information is required for
other connections of cable or bus, contact Siemens for information.
Enclosed after No of
derating
pieces
240
2
300
2
336
2
360
2
400
3
448
3
430
2
500
3
560
3
448
3
480
3
520
3
624
4
600
3
650
3
780
4
624
4
680
4
768
5
780
4
Wire size
#3/0
250 kcmil
350 kcmil
350 kcmil
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
250 kcmil
300 kcmil
300 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
350 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
350 kcmil
400 kcmil
500 kcmil
500 kcmil
400 kcmil
Calculated
after derating to compensate for the heating
of the copper conductor, caused by the skin effect
generated by eddy currents produced at 400/415HZ.
Siemens Industry, Inc.
Industrial Controls Catalog
Similar pages